Quarterlytics / Communication Services / Publishing / John Wiley & Sons Inc.

John Wiley & Sons Inc.

jw-a · NYSE Communication Services
Claim this profile
Ticker jw-a
Exchange NYSE
Sector Communication Services
Industry Publishing
Employees 1001-5000
← All annual reports
FY2017 Annual Report · John Wiley & Sons Inc.
Sign in to download
Loading PDF…
UNITED STATES 
SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION 
Washington, DC  20549 

FORM 10-K 

[x] 

ANNUAL REPORT PURSUANT TO SECTION 13 OR 15(d) OF 

THE SECURITIES EXCHANGE ACT OF 1934 

For the fiscal year ended:  April 30, 2017 

OR 

[  ] 

TRANSITION REPORT PURSUANT TO SECTION 13 OR 15(d) OF THE 

SECURITIES EXCHANGE ACT OF 1934 (FEE REQUIRED) 

For the transition period from to 
Commission file number     001-11507 

JOHN WILEY & SONS, INC. 
(Exact name of Registrant as specified in its charter) 

NEW YORK 
State or other jurisdiction of incorporation or 
organization 

111 River Street, Hoboken, NJ 
Address of principal executive offices 

13-5593032 
I.R.S. Employer Identification No. 

07030 
Zip Code 

(201) 748-6000 

Registrant’s telephone number 
including area code 

Securities registered pursuant to Section 
12(b) of the Act: Title of each class 
Class A Common Stock, par value $1.00 per 
share 
Class B Common Stock, par value $1.00 per 
share 

Name of each exchange on which 
registered 
New York Stock Exchange 

New York Stock Exchange 

Securities registered pursuant to 
Section 12(g) of the Act: 
None 

- 1 - 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Indicate  by  check  mark  if  the  registrant  is  a  well-known  seasoned  issuer,  as  defined  in  Rule  405  of  the 
Securities Act. 

Yes |X|     No |    | 

Indicate by check mark if the registrant is not required to file reports pursuant to Section 13 or Section 15(d) of 
the Exchange Act. 

Yes |   |     No |X | 

Indicate by check mark whether the registrant (1) has filed all reports required to be filed by Section 13 or 15(d) 
of  the  Securities  Exchange  Act  of  1934  during  the  preceding  12  months  (or  for  such  shorter  period  that  the 
registrant was required to file such reports), and (2) has been subject to such filing requirements for the past 90 
days. 

Yes |X|     No |    | 

Indicate by check mark whether the registrant has submitted electronically and posted on its corporate Web site, 
if any, every Interactive Data File required to be submitted and posted pursuant to Rule 405 of Regulation S-T 
(§232.405  of  this  chapter)  during  the  preceding  12  months  (or  for  such  shorter  period  that  the  registrant  was 
required to submit and post such files). 

Yes |X|     No |    | 

Indicate by check mark if disclosure of delinquent filers pursuant to Item 405 of Regulation S-K (§229.405 of this 
chapter)  is  not  contained  herein,  and  will  not  be  contained,  to  the  best  of  registrant’s  knowledge,  in  definitive 
proxy or information statements incorporated by reference in Part III of this Form 10-K or any amendment to this 
Form 10-K. |   |  

Indicate by check mark whether the registrant is a large accelerated filer, an accelerated filer, a non-accelerated 
filer, or a smaller reporting company. See definitions of “large accelerated filer,” ”accelerated filer” and “smaller 
reporting company” in Rule 12b-2 of the Exchange Act. 

Large  accelerated  filer    |X|        Accelerated  filer    |    |       Non-accelerated  filer    |   |            Smaller  reporting 
company   |   | 

Indicate  by  check  mark  whether  the  registrant  is  a  shell  company  (as  defined  in  Rule  12b-2  of  the  Exchange 
Act).  

Yes |    |      No |X| 

The aggregate market value of the voting stock held by non-affiliates of the registrant, computed by reference to 
the closing price as of the last business day of the registrant’s most recently completed second fiscal quarter, 
October 31, 2016, was approximately $2,337.0 million. The registrant has no non-voting common stock. 

The number of shares outstanding of the registrant’s Class A and Class B Common Stock as of May 31, 2017 
was 48,026,741 and 9,173,093 respectively. 

DOCUMENTS INCORPORATED BY REFERENCE 

Portions  of  the  registrant’s  definitive  proxy  statement  for  use  in  connection  with  its  annual  meeting  of 
stockholders  scheduled  to  be  held  on  September  28,  2017,  are  incorporated  by  reference  into  Part  III  of  this 
Form 10-K.   

- 2 - 

 
JOHN WILEY AND SONS, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES 
FORM 10-K 
FOR THE FISCAL YEAR ENDED APRIL 30, 2017 
INDEX 

PART I 
ITEM 1. 
ITEM 1A. 
ITEM 1B. 
ITEM 2. 
ITEM 3. 
ITEM 4 

Business 
Risk Factors 
Unresolved Staff Comments 
Properties 
Legal Proceedings 
Mine Safety Disclosures – Not Applicable  
Executive Officers of the Company 

PART II 
ITEM 5.              Market for the Company’s Common Equity, Related Stockholder Matters and Issuer 

ITEM 6. 
ITEM 7. 

Purchases of Equity Securities   
Selected Financial Data 
Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of 
Operations 

ITEM 7A.            Quantitative and Qualitative Disclosures About Market Risk 
ITEM 8.              Financial Statements and Supplementary Data 
ITEM 9. 

Changes in and Disagreements with Accountants on Accounting and Financial 
Disclosure 
Controls and Procedures 
Other Information 

ITEM 9A. 
ITEM 9B. 

PART III 
ITEM 10. 
ITEM 11. 
ITEM 12.            Security Ownership of Certain Beneficial Owners and Management and Related 

Directors, Executive Officers and Corporate Governance 
Executive Compensation 

Stockholder Matters       
Certain Relationships and Related Transactions, and Director Independence 
Principal Accounting Fees and Services   

PAGE 
4
4-12
12
13
14
14 
14-16

17
18

19-57
57-59
60-100

101
101
101

101-102
102

102
103
103

ITEM 13. 
ITEM 14. 

PART IV 
ITEM 15. 

SIGNATURES 

Exhibits, Financial Statement Schedules and Reports on Form 8-K 

104-106

- 3 - 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
PART I 

Item 1.  Business 

The Company, founded in 1807, was incorporated in the state of New York on January 15, 1904. As 
used  herein  the  term  “Company”  means  John Wiley  &  Sons,  Inc.,  and  its  subsidiaries  and  affiliated 
companies, unless the context indicates otherwise. 

The  Company  is  a  global  research  and  learning  company.  Through  the  Research  segment,  the 
Company provides scientific, technical, medical, and scholarly journals, as well as related content and 
services,  to  academic,  corporate,  and  government  libraries,  learned  societies,  and  individual 
researchers  and  other  professionals. The  Publishing  segment  provides  scientific,  professional,  and 
education books and related content in print and digital formats, as well as test preparation services 
and  course  workflow  tools,  to  libraries,  corporations,  students,  professionals,  and  researchers.  The 
Solutions  segment  provides  online  program  management  services  for  higher  education  institutions 
and  learning,  development,  and  assessment  services  for  businesses  and  professionals.  The 
Company’s  operations  are  primarily  located  in  the  United  States  (“U.S.”),  Canada,  United  Kingdom 
(“U.K.”), Germany, Singapore and Australia. 

Further  description  of  the  Company’s  business  is  incorporated  herein  by  reference  in  the 
Management’s Discussion and Analysis section of this 10-K. 

Employees 

As of April 30, 2017, the Company employed approximately 5,100 persons on a full-time equivalent 
basis worldwide.  

Financial Information About Business Segments 

The note entitled “Segment Information” of the Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements and pages 
18  through  55  of  the  Management’s  Discussion  and  Analysis  section  of  this  Form  10-K  are 
incorporated herein by reference. 

Financial Information About Foreign and Domestic Operations and Export Sales 

The note entitled “Segment Information” of the Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements and pages 
18 and 55 of the Management’s Discussion and Analysis section of this Form 10-K are incorporated 
herein by reference. 

Item 1A.  Risk Factors 

You should carefully consider all of the information set forth in this Form 10-K, including the following 
risk factors, before deciding to invest in any of the Company’s securities. The risks below are not the 
only  ones  the  Company  faces.  Additional  risks  not  currently  known  to  the  Company  or  that  the 
Company  presently  deems  immaterial  may  also  impair  its  business  operations.  The  Company’s 
business, financial condition, results of operations or prospects could be materially adversely affected 
by any of these risks.  

- 4 - 

 
 
 
 
Cautionary Statement Under the Private Securities Litigation Reform Act of 1995: 

This  Form  10-K  for  the  year  ended  April  30,  2017  contains  certain  forward-looking  statements 
concerning the Company’s operations, performance and financial condition. In addition, the Company 
provides forward-looking statements in other materials released to the public as well as oral forward-
looking  information.  Statements  which  contain  the  words  anticipate,  expect,  believes,  estimate, 
project, forecast, plan, outlook, intend and similar expressions constitute forward-looking statements 
that involve risk and uncertainties. Reliance should not be placed on forward-looking statements, as 
actual results may differ materially from those in any forward-looking statements. 

Any  such  forward-looking  statements  are  based  upon  a  number  of  assumptions  and  estimates  that 
are inherently subject to uncertainties and contingencies, many of which are beyond the control of the 
Company, and are subject to change based on many important factors. Such factors include, but are 
not limited to (i) the level of investment in new technologies and products; (ii) subscriber renewal rates 
for the Company’s journals; (iii) the financial stability and liquidity of journal subscription agents; (iv) 
the  consolidation  of  book  wholesalers  and  retail  accounts;  (v)  the  market  position  and  financial 
stability of key retailers; (vi) the seasonal nature of the Company’s education business and the impact 
of the used-book market; (vii) worldwide economic and political conditions; (viii) the Company’s ability 
to  protect  its  copyrights  and  other  intellectual  property  worldwide;  (ix)  the  ability  of  the  Company  to 
successfully  integrate  acquired  operations  and  realize  expected  opportunities  and  (x)  other  factors 
detailed  from  time  to  time  in  the  Company’s  filings  with  the  Securities  and  Exchange  Commission. 
The  Company  undertakes  no  obligation  to  update  or  revise  any  such  forward-looking  statements  to 
reflect subsequent events or circumstances. 

Employment Costs and Expenses 

The  Company  has  a  significant  investment  in  its  employee  base  around  the  world.  The  Company 
offers  competitive  salaries  and  benefits  in  order  to  attract  and  retain  the  highly  skilled  workforce 
needed  to  sustain  and  develop  new  products  and  services  required  for  growth.  Employment  and 
benefit costs are affected by competitive market conditions for qualified individuals, and factors such 
as healthcare and retirement benefit costs.  

Protection of Intellectual Property Rights 

A  substantial  portion  of  the  Company’s  publications  are  protected  by  copyright,  held  either  in  the 
Company’s name, in the name of the author of the work, or in the name of a sponsoring professional 
society. Such copyrights protect the Company’s exclusive right to publish the work in many countries 
abroad for specified periods, in most cases the author’s life plus 70 years, but in any event a minimum 
of  50  years  for  works  published  after  1978.  The  ability  of  the  Company  to  continue  to  achieve  its 
expected results depends, in part, upon the Company’s ability to protect its intellectual property rights. 
The Company’s results may be adversely affected by lack of legal and/or technological protections for 
its intellectual property in some jurisdictions and markets. 

Maintaining the Company’s Reputation 

The Company’s professional customers worldwide rely upon many of the Company’s publications to 
perform their jobs. It is imperative that the Company consistently demonstrates its ability to maintain 

- 5 - 

the integrity of the information included in its publications. Adverse publicity, whether or not valid, may 
reduce demand for the Company’s publications. 

Trade Concentration and Credit Risk 

In  the  journal  publishing  business,  subscriptions  are  primarily  sourced  through  journal  subscription 
agents  who,  acting  as  agents  for  library  customers,  facilitate  ordering  by  consolidating  the 
subscription orders/billings of each subscriber with various publishers. Cash is generally collected in 
advance  from  subscribers  by  the  subscription  agents  and  is  principally  remitted  to  the  Company 
between  the  months  of  December  and  April.  Although  at  fiscal  year-end  the  Company  had  minimal 
credit risk exposure to these agents, future calendar-year subscription receipts from these agents are 
highly  dependent  on  their  financial  condition  and  liquidity.  Subscription  agents  account  for 
approximately  22%  of  total  annual  consolidated  revenue  and  no  one  agent  accounts  for  more  than 
10% of total annual consolidated revenue.  

The  Company’s  book  business  is  not  dependent  upon  a  single  customer;  however,  the  industry  is 
concentrated  in  national,  regional,  and  online  bookstore  chains.  Although  no  one  book  customer 
accounts for more than 8% of total consolidated revenue and 15% of accounts receivable at April 30, 
2017,  the  top  10  book  customers  account  for  approximately  14%  of  total  consolidated  revenue  and 
approximately 28% of accounts receivable at April 30, 2017.  The Company maintains approximately 
$25 million of trade credit insurance, subject to certain limitations, covering balances due from certain 
named customers which expires in May 2018. 

Changes in Laws and Regulations That Could Adversely Affect the Company’s Business 

The  Company  maintains  operations  in  Asia,  Australia,  Canada,  Europe  and  the  United  States.  The 
conduct  of  our  business,  including  the  sourcing  of  content,  distribution,  sales,  marketing  and 
advertising is subject to various laws and regulations administered by governments around the world. 
Changes  in  laws,  regulations  or  government  policies,  including  tax  regulations  and  accounting 
standards, may adversely affect the Company’s future financial results. 

The  scientific  research  publishing  industry  generates  much  of  its  revenue  from  paid  customer 
subscriptions  to  online  and  print  journal  content.  There  is  debate  within  government,  academic  and 
library  communities whether  such  journal  content  should  be  made  available  for  free,  immediately  or 
following  a  period  of  embargo  after  publication,  referred  to  as  “open  access”.  For  instance,  certain 
governments  and  privately  held  funding  bodies  have  implemented  mandates  that  require  journal 
articles derived from government-funded research to be made available to the public at no cost after 
an  embargo  period.  Open  access  can  be  achieved  in  two  ways:  Green,  which  enables  authors  to 
publish  articles  in  subscription  based  journals  and  self–archive  the  author  accepted  version  of  the 
article for free public use after an embargo period, and Gold, which enables authors to publish their 
articles  in  journals  that  provide  immediate  free  access  to  the  final  version  of  the  article  on  the 
publisher’s website, and elsewhere under permissive licensing terms, following payment of an Article 
Publication  Charge  (“APC”).  These  mandates  have  the  potential  to  put  pressure  on  subscription-
based publications. If such regulations are widely implemented the Company’s operating results could 
be  adversely  affected.  To  date,  the  majority  of  governments  that  have  taken  a  position  on  open 
access  have  favored  the  green  model  and  have  generally  specified  embargo  periods  of  twelve 
months.  The  publishing  community  generally  takes  the  view  that  this  period  should  be  sufficient  to 
protect  subscription  revenues  provided  that  publishers’  platforms  offer  sufficient  added  value  to  the 

- 6 - 

article.  Governments  in  Europe  have  been  more  supportive  of  the  gold  model,  which  thus  far  is 
generating  incremental  revenue  for  publishers  with  active  open  access  programs.  A  number  of 
European administrations are showing interest in a business model which combines the purchasing of 
subscription  content  with  the  purchase  of  open  access  publishing  for  authors  in  their  country.  This 
development removes an element of risk by fixing revenues from that market, provided that the terms, 
price, and rate of transition negotiated are acceptable.  

Business Transformation and Restructuring 

The Company continues to transform its business from a traditional publishing model to being a global 
provider of content-enabled solutions with a focus on digital products and services. The acquisitions of 
Deltak.edu,  LLC  (“Deltak”),  Inscape  Holdings,  Inc.  (“Inscape”),  Profiles  International  (“Profiles”)  and 
CrossKnowledge  Group  Limited  (“CrossKnowledge”),  comprise  the  Company’s  Solutions  reporting 
segment  and,  along  with  Atypon  Systems,  Inc.  (“Atypon”)  in  our  Research  segment,  which  was 
acquired  in  September  2016,  represent  examples  of  strategic  initiatives  that  were  implemented  as 
part of the Company’s business transformation. The Company will continue to explore opportunities to 
develop  new  business  models  and  enhance  the  efficiency  of  its  organizational  structure.  The  rapid 
pace  and  scope  of  change  increases  the  risk  that  not  all  of  our  strategic  initiatives  will  deliver  the 
expected benefits within the anticipated timeframes. In addition, these efforts may somewhat disrupt 
the Company’s business activities which could adversely affect its operating results. 

The  Company  continues  to  restructure  and  realign  its  cost  base  with  current  and  anticipated  future 
market  conditions.  Significant  risks  associated  with  these  actions  that  may  impair  the  Company’s 
ability to achieve the anticipated cost reductions or that may disrupt its business include delays in the 
implementation of anticipated workforce reductions in highly regulated locations outside of the U.S.; 
decreases  in  employee  morale;  the  failure  to  meet  operational  targets  due  to  the  loss  of  key 
employees;  and  disruptions  of  third  parties  to  whom  we  have  outsourced  business  functions.  In 
addition, the Company’s ability to achieve the anticipated cost savings and other benefits from these 
actions  within  the  expected  timeframe  is  subject  to  many  estimates  and  assumptions.  These 
estimates and assumptions are subject to significant economic, competitive and other uncertainties, 
some  of  which  are  beyond  our  control.  If  these  estimates  and  assumptions  are  incorrect,  if  we 
experience delays, or if other unforeseen events occur, our business and results of operations could 
be adversely affected. 

Outsourcing of Business Processes 

The  Company  has  outsourced  certain  business  functions,  principally  in  technology,  content 
management;  printing;  manufacturing;  warehousing;  fulfillment;  distribution;  returns  processing;  and 
certain  other  transactional  processing  functions,  to  third-party  service  providers  to  achieve  cost 
savings and efficiencies. If these third-party service providers do not perform effectively, the Company 
may not be able to achieve the expected cost savings and depending on the function involved, may 
experience  business  disruption  or  processing  inefficiencies,  all  with  potential  adverse  effects  on  the 
Company’s operating results.   

Introduction of New Technologies, Products and Services 

The Company must continue to invest in technology and other innovations to adapt and add value to 
its  products  and  services  to  remain  competitive.  This  is  particularly  true  in  the  current  environment 

- 7 - 

where  investment  in  new  technology  is  ongoing  and  there  are  rapid  changes  in  the  products 
competitors  are  offering,  the  products  our  customers  are  seeking  and  our  sales  and  distribution 
channels.  In some cases, investments will take the form of internal development; in others, they may 
take  the  form  of  an  acquisition.    There  are  uncertainties  whenever  developing  or  acquiring  new 
products  and  services,  and  it  is  often  possible  that  such  new  products  and  services  may  not  be 
launched or if launched, may not be profitable or as profitable as existing products and services. 

Demand for Digital and Lower Cost Books  

A  common  trend  facing  each  of  the  Company’s  businesses  is  the  digitization  of  content  and 
proliferation  of  distribution  channels  through  the  internet  and  other  electronic  means,  which  are 
replacing traditional print formats. The trend to digital content has also created contraction in the print 
book  retail  market  which  increases  the  risk  of  bankruptcy  for  certain  retail  customers,  potentially 
leading  to  the  disruption  of  short-term  product  supply  to  consumers  as  well  as  potential  bad  debt 
write-offs.  New distribution channels, such as digital formats, the internet, online retailers and growing 
delivery  platforms  (e.g.  tablets  and  e-readers),  combined  with  the  concentration  of  retailer  power, 
present  both  threats  and  opportunities  to  the  Company’s  traditional  publishing  models,  potentially 
impacting both sales volumes and pricing.  

As  the  market  has  shifted  to  digital  products,  customer  expectations  for  lower  priced  products  has 
increased due to customer awareness of reductions in production costs and the availability of free or 
low-cost digital content and products.  As a result, there has been pressure to sell digital versions of 
products  at  prices  below  their  print  versions.    Increased  customer  demand  for  lower  prices  could 
reduce the Company’s revenue. 

The  Company  publishes  educational  content  for  undergraduate,  graduate  and  advanced  placement 
students,  lifelong  learners  and  in  Australia  secondary  school  students.  Due  to  growing  student 
demand  for  less  expensive  textbooks,  many  college  bookstores,  online  retailers  and  other  entities 
offer used or rental textbooks to students at lower prices than new textbooks. The internet has made 
the used and rental textbook markets more efficient and has significantly increased student access to 
used  and  rental  books.    Further  expansion  of  the  used  and  rental  book  markets  could  further 
adversely affect the Company’s sales of print textbooks, adversely affecting its results of operations 
and financial condition. 

Factors that Reduce Enrollment at Colleges and Universities  

Enrollment  in  U.S.  colleges  and  universities  can  be  adversely  affected  by  many  factors,  including 
changes in government and private student loan and grant programs, uncertainty about current and 
future  economic  conditions,  general  decreases  in  family  income  and  net  worth  and  a  perception  of 
uncertain job prospects for recent graduates. In addition, enrollment levels at colleges and universities 
outside  the  United  States  are  influenced  by  the  global  and  local  economic  climate,  local  political 
conditions  and  other  factors  that  make  predicting  foreign  enrollment  levels  difficult.  Reductions  in 
expected  levels of  enrollment  at colleges  and  universities  both within and  outside  the United  States 
could adversely affect demand for our higher education products. 

- 8 - 

 
 
Information Technology Risks 

Information  technology  is  a  key  part  of  the  Company’s  business  strategy  and  operations.  As  a 
business  strategy,  Wiley’s  technology  enables  the  Company  to  provide  customers  with  new  and 
enhanced  products  and  services  and  is  critical  to  the  Company’s  success  in  migrating  from  print  to 
digital business models. Information technology is also a fundamental component of all our business 
processes; collecting  and reporting  business  data;  and  communicating  internally  and  externally  with 
customers, suppliers, employees and others. 

We  are  continually  improving  and  upgrading  our  computer  systems  and  software.    We  are  in  the 
process of implementing a new Enterprise Resource Planning (“ERP”) system as part of a multi-year 
plan  to  integrate  and  upgrade  our  operational  and  financial  systems  and  processes.  As  of  April  30, 
2017, we have completed the implementation of record-to-report, purchase-to-pay and several other 
business  processes  within  all  locations  and  will  continue  to  roll  out  additional  processes  and 
functionality of the ERP in phases over the next three years. Implementation of a new ERP system 
involves  risks  and  uncertainties.  Any  disruptions,  delays,  or  deficiencies  in  the  design  or 
implementation of a new system, could result in increased costs, disruptions in operations or delays in 
the collection of cash from our customers, as well as have an adverse effect on our ability to timely 
report  our  financial  results,  all  of  which  could  materially  adversely  affect  our  business,  financial 
condition, and results of operations.   

Information  technology  system  failures,  network  disruptions  and  breaches  of  data  security  could 
significantly  disrupt  the  operations  of  the  Company.  Management  has  designed  and  implemented 
policies,  processes  and  controls  to  mitigate  risks  of  information  technology  failure  and  to  provide 
security  from  unauthorized  access  to  our  systems.  In  addition,  the  Company  has  in  place  disaster 
recovery plans to maintain business continuity.  The size and complexity of our information technology 
and information security systems, and those of our third-party vendors with whom we contract, make 
such systems potentially vulnerable to cyber-attacks common to most industries from inadvertent or 
intentional  actions  by  employees,  vendors,  or  malicious  third-parties.  Such  attacks  are  of  ever-
increasing  levels  of  sophistication  and  are  made  by  groups  and  individuals  with  a  wide  range  of 
motives. While the Company has taken steps to address these risks, there can be no assurance that 
a  system  failure,  disruption  or  data  security  breach  would  not  adversely  affect  the  Company’s 
business and operating results. 

Competition for Market Share and Author and Society Relationships 

The Company operates in highly competitive markets. Success and continued growth depends greatly 
on developing new products and the means to deliver them in an environment of rapid technological 
change.  Attracting  new  authors  and  professional  societies,  while  retaining  our  existing  business 
relationships, are critical to our success.  

Interest Rate and Foreign Exchange Risk  

Non-U.S. revenues, as well as our substantial non-U.S. net assets, expose the Company’s results to 
foreign  currency  exchange  rate  volatility.  The  percentage  of  Consolidated  Revenue  for  fiscal  year 
2017 recognized in the following currencies (on an equivalent U.S. dollar basis) were: approximately 
54%  U.S.  dollar;  29%  British  pound  sterling;  8%  euro  and  9%  other  currencies.  In  addition,  our 
interest-bearing loans and borrowings are subject to risk from changes in interest rates. These risks 

- 9 - 

and the measures we have taken to help contain them are discussed in the Market Risk section of this 
10-K.  The  Company 
to  hedge  such  risks. 
Notwithstanding our efforts to foresee and mitigate the effects of changes in fiscal circumstances, we 
cannot predict with certainty changes in currency and interest rates, inflation or other related factors 
affecting our business.   

time-to-time  uses  derivative 

instruments 

from 

Changes in Tax Laws 

The Company is subject to tax laws within the jurisdictions in which it does business. Changes in tax 
laws could have a material impact on the Company’s financial results. There have been proposals to 
reform U.S. tax laws that would significantly impact the taxation of non-US earnings and cash of U.S. 
multinational corporations.  This could have a material impact on the Company’s financial results as 
most of the Company’s income is earned outside the U.S. There has also been legislation and further 
proposals in other countries where the Company  does business which could impact the Company’s 
financial results. In addition, the Company is subject to audit by tax authorities and is regularly audited 
by  various  tax  authorities.  Although  we  believe  our  tax  estimates  are  reasonable,  the  final 
determination of tax audits could be materially different from our historical income tax provisions and 
accruals  and  could  have  a  material  impact  on  the  Company’s  net  income,  cash  flow  and  financial 
position. 

Business Risk in Developing, Emerging and Other Foreign Markets 

The  Company  sells  its  products  to  customers  in  certain  sanctioned  and  previously  sanctioned 
developing markets where it does not have operating subsidiaries. The Company does not own any 
assets  or  liabilities  in  these  markets  except  for  trade  receivables.  Challenges  and  uncertainties 
associated with operating in developing markets has a higher relative risk due to political instability, 
economic  volatility,  crime,  terrorism,  corruption,  social  and  ethnic  unrest,  and  other  factors.  In  fiscal 
year  2017,  the  Company  recorded  revenue  and  net  profits  of  $3.8  million  and  $0.6  million, 
respectively,  related  to  sales  to  Cuba,  Sudan,  Syria  and  Iran.  While  sales  in  these  markets  are  not 
material  to  the  Company’s  business  results,  adverse  developments  related  to  the  risks  associated 
with these markets may cause actual results to differ from historical and forecasted future operating 
results.  

The  Company  has  certain  technology  development  operations  in  Russia  related  to  software 
development  and  architecture,  digital  content  production  and  system  testing  services.  Due  to  the 
political  instability  within  the  region,  there  is  the  potential  for  future  government  embargos  and 
sanctions  which  could  disrupt  the  Company’s  operations  in  the  area.  While  the  Company  has 
developed  business  continuity  plans  to  address  these  issues,  further  adverse  developments  in  the 
region could have a material impact on the Company’s business and operating results.  

Approximately  15%  of Research  journal  articles are  sourced  from  authors  in China.  Any  restrictions 
on  exporting  intellectual  property  could  adversely  affect  the  company’s  business  and  operating 
results.  

Liquidity and Global Economic Conditions 

Changes  in  global  financial  markets  have  not  had,  nor  do we  anticipate  they  will  have,  a significant 
impact on our liquidity. Due to our significant operating cash flow, financial assets, access to capital 

- 10 - 

markets and available lines of credit and revolving credit agreements, we continue to believe that we 
have the ability to meet our financing needs for the foreseeable future. As market conditions change, 
we will continue to monitor our liquidity position. However, there can be no assurance that our liquidity 
or our results of operations will not be affected by possible future changes in global financial markets 
and  global  economic  conditions.  Unprecedented  market  conditions  including  illiquid  credit  markets, 
volatile equity markets, dramatic fluctuations in foreign currency rates and economic recession could 
affect future results.  

Effects of Increases in Pension Costs and Funding Requirements 

The  Company  provides  defined  benefit  pension  plans  for  certain  employees  worldwide.  The 
Company’s Board of Directors approved amendments to the U.S., Canada and U.K. defined benefit 
plans that froze the future accumulation of benefits effective June 30, 2013, December 31, 2015 and 
April 30, 2015, respectively. The funding requirements and costs of these plans are dependent upon 
various factors, including the actual return on plan assets, discount rates, plan participant population 
demographics  and  changes  in  pension  regulations.  Changes  in  these  factors  affect  the  Company’s 
plan funding, cash flow and results of operations.  

The Company announced a voluntary, limited-time opportunity for terminated vested employees who 
are  participants  in  the  U.S.  Employees’  Retirement  Plan  of  John  Wiley  &  Sons,  Inc.  (the  “Pension 
Plan”) to request early payment of their entire Pension Plan benefit in the form of a single lump sum 
payment. Eligible participants who wished to receive the lump sum payment were required to make an 
election by August 29, 2016. Approximately 780 eligible participants made the election to receive the 
lump sum totaling $28.3 million which was paid from pension plan assets in October 2016. Settlement 
accounting rules were applied, which resulted in a plan remeasurement and recognition of a pro-rata 
portion  of  unamortized  net  actuarial  loss  of  $8.8  million  which  was  recorded  in  Operating  and 
Administrative Expenses in the Consolidated Statements of Income. 

Effects of Inflation and Cost Increases 

The  Company,  from  time  to  time,  experiences  cost  increases  reflecting,  in  part,  general  inflationary 
factors. There is no guarantee that the Company can increase selling prices or reduce costs to fully 
mitigate the effect of inflation on company costs.  

Ability to Successfully Integrate Key Acquisitions 

The  Company’s  growth  strategy  includes  title,  imprint  and  other  business  acquisitions,  including 
knowledge-enabled services which complement the Company’s existing businesses. Acquisitions may 
have  a  substantial  impact  on  the  Company’s  revenues,  costs,  cash  flows,  and  financial  position. 
Acquisitions involve risks and uncertainties, including difficulties in integrating acquired operations and 
in realizing expected opportunities; diversions of management resources and loss of key employees; 
challenges  with  respect  to  operating  new  businesses;  debt  incurred  in  financing  such  acquisitions; 
and other unanticipated problems and liabilities. 

Valuation of Goodwill and Intangible Assets 

At April 30, 2017, the Company had $982.1 million of goodwill and $828.1 million of intangible assets 
on its balance sheet. The intangible assets are principally comprised of content and publishing rights, 
customer  relationships,  and  brands  and  trademarks.  Failure  to  achieve  business  objectives  and 

- 11 - 

financial  projections  could  result  in  an  asset  impairment  charge,  which  would  result  in  a  non-cash 
charge  to  operating  expenses.  Goodwill  and  intangible  assets  with  indefinite  lives  are  tested  for 
impairment  on  an  annual  basis  and  also  when  events  or  changes  in  circumstances  indicate  that 
impairment  may  have  occurred.  Intangible  assets  with  determinable  lives  are  tested  for  impairment 
only  when  events  or  changes  in  circumstances  indicate  that  an  impairment  may  have  occurred. 
Determining  whether  an  impairment  exists  can  be  difficult  as  a  result  of  increased  uncertainty  and 
current market dynamics, and requires significant management estimates and judgment. In addition, 
the  potential  for  goodwill  impairment  is  increased  during  periods  of  economic  uncertainty.  An  asset 
impairment charge could have a material adverse effect on the Company’s business, operating results 
and financial condition.  

Attracting and Retaining Key Employees 

The  Company  is  highly  dependent  on  the  continued  services  of  its  Chief  Executive  Officer,  Chief 
Financial  Officer  and  other  senior  officers  and  key  employees.  The  loss  of  the  services  of  skilled 
personnel for any reason and the Company’s inability to replace them with suitable candidates quickly 
or  at  all,  as  well  as  any  negative  market  perception  resulting  from  such  loss,  could  have a  material 
adverse effect on the Company’s business, operating results and financial condition.  In addition, we 
are  dependent  upon  our  ability  to  continue  to  attract  new  employees  with  key  skills  to  support 
business growth. 

Item 1B.  Unresolved Staff Comments 

None 

- 12 - 

 
 
 
Item 2.  Properties 

The Company occupies office, warehouse, and distribution facilities in various parts of the world, as 
listed below (excluding those locations with less than 10,000 square feet of floor area, none of which 
is considered material property).  All of the buildings and the equipment owned or leased are believed 
to be in good operating condition and are suitable for the conduct of its business.  

Location              Purpose                    

Owned or Leased  Approx. Sq. Ft. 

United States: 

New Jersey 

Corporate Headquarters 
Office & Warehouse 

Indiana 

California 

Office 

Office 

Massachusetts     Office 

Illinois  

Florida 

Office 

Office 

Minnesota 

Offices 

Texas 

Offices 

Colorado 

Office 

International: 

Australia         

Offices 

Canada  

Office 

England  

France 

Germany  

Jordan 

Warehouses 
Offices 
Offices 

Office 

Office 
Office 

Office 

Singapore         Offices 

Russia 

China 

Office 

Office 

Leased 
Leased 

Leased 

Leased 

Leased 

Leased 

Leased 

Leased 

Leased 

Leased 

Leased 

Leased 

Leased 
Leased 
Owned 

Leased 

Owned 
Leased 

Leased 

Leased 

Leased 

Leased 

401,000 
185,000 

123,000 

29,000 

26,000 

52,000 

58,000 

22,000 

13,000 

15,000 

48,000 

12,000 

297,000 
80,000 
70,000 

32,000 

104,000 
24,000 

24,000 

44,000 

18,000 

14,000 

- 13 - 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Item 3.  Legal Proceedings 

The Company is involved in routine litigation in the ordinary course of its business. In the opinion of 
management, the ultimate resolution of all pending litigation will not have a material effect upon the 
financial condition or results of operations of the Company. 

Over  the  past  few  years,  the  Company  has  from  time  to  time  faced  claims  from  photographers  or 
agencies that the Company has used photographs without licenses or beyond licensed permissions.  
The Company has insurance coverage for a significant portion of such claims.  The Company does 
not believe that its exposure to such claims either individually or in the aggregate is material. 

Item 4.   Mine Safety Disclosures 

Not applicable 

Executive Officers of the Company 

Set forth below are the executive officers of the Company as of April 30, 2017. Each of the officers 
listed will serve until the next organizational meetings of the Board of Directors of the Company and 
until each of the respective successors are duly elected and qualified.  

MATTHEW S. KISSNER – 63 (succeeded Mark J. Allin as Interim - CEO effective May 8th, 2017) 

October 2015 - Chairman of the Board, John Wiley and Sons, Inc. (Director since 2003) 

MARK J. ALLIN – 56 (succeeded by Matthew S. Kissner effective May 8th, 2017) 

June 2015 - President and Chief Executive Officer and Director, John Wiley and Sons, Inc.  
February 2015- Executive Vice President and Chief Operating Officer- responsible for strategy and 
operations  for  all  of  Wiley’s  businesses.  (succeeded  Steve  Smith  as  President  and  Chief 
Executive Officer, effective June 1, 2015.) 

September 2014 – Executive Vice President, Professional Development   
August  2010  -  Senior  Vice  President,  Professional  Development  –  responsible  for  leading  the 

Company’s global Professional Development business. 

JOHN A. KRITZMACHER – 56 

July  2013  –  Chief  Financial  Officer  and  Executive  Vice  President,  Technology  and  Operations, 

John Wiley & Sons Inc.  

October 2012 - Senior Vice President of Business Operations, Organizational Planning & Structure 

at WebMD Health Corp 

October 2008 - Chief Financial Officer and Executive Vice President of Global Crossing Ltd 

ARCHANA SINGH - 47  

2016 – Executive Vice President and Chief Human Resources Officer 
2014  –  Chief  Human  Resources  Officer,  Hay  Group  -  responsible  for  aligning  HR  strategies  and 
initiatives to support the organization into its’ next stage of growth. Leading all aspects of Human 
Resources with a strong focus on talent management, culture alignment and integration. 

2012  –  Vice  President,  Human  Resources,  Computer  Science  Corporation  -  Human  Resources 
Leader for CSC’s enterprise business (technology consulting, application software, services and 
regions)  

- 14 - 

 
GARY M. RINCK – 63 

September 2014 – Executive Vice President, General Counsel 
2004 – Senior Vice President, General Counsel – responsible for all of the Company’s legal and 

corporate governance functions at Wiley.  

JUDY VERSES – 60 

October 2016 – Executive Vice President, Research  
October 2011 – President – Global Enterprise and Education, Rosetta Stone Inc. 

CHRISTOPHER CARIDI – 50 (succeeded Edward J. Melando effective March 20, 2017) 

March 2017 – Senior Vice President, Corporate Controller and Chief Accounting Officer  
March 2014 – VP Finance, Thomson Reuters 
September 2009 – VP, Controller/Global Head of Accounting Operations, Thomson Reuters 

EDWARD J. MELANDO – 61 (succeeded by Christopher Caridi effective March 20, 2017) 

Mach 2017 – Senior Vice President, Corporate Controller 
January  2013  –  Senior  Vice  President,  Corporate  Controller–  and  Chief  Accounting  Officer  – 

responsible for Financial Reporting, Taxes, and Financial Shared Services. 

2002  -  Vice  President,  Corporate  Controller–  responsible  for  Financial  Reporting,  Taxes  and  the 

Financial Shared Services. 

VINCENT MARZANO – 54 

September 2014 – Senior Vice President, Treasurer 
September 2006 - Vice President, Treasurer – responsible for global treasury operations, insurable 

risk management, accounts receivable, and credit and collections. 

REED ELFENBEIN – 63 

May 2015 – Executive Vice President, International Development and Global Research Sales 
May 2014 - Senior Vice President, International Development and Global Research Sales 
October  2012  –  Senior  Vice  President,  International  Development  and  STMS  –  leads  team 
responsible  for  increasing  market  share  in  growing  and  emerging  markets  and  leads  the 
worldwide Research sales team. 

February  2007  –  Vice  President  and  Managing  Director,  Sales  and  Marketing  –  responsible  for 

leading the domestic and international sales and marketing teams. 

CLAY E. STOBAUGH – 59 

September 2014 – Executive Vice President & Chief Marketing Officer 
October 2013 - Senior Vice President & Chief Marketing Officer 
August  2011  –  Senior  Vice  President,  Corporate  Marketing  –  responsible  for  strategic  marketing 

and customer relationship management. 

JOHN W. SEMEL – 46 

May  2015-  Executive  Vice  President  and  Chief  Strategy  Officer-  responsible  for  developing, 

prioritizing, and implementing strategies that drive business growth. 

February  2009  –  Senior  Vice  President,  Planning  and  Development  –  responsible  for  global 
acquisitions  and  divestitures,  strategic  investments,  strategic  planning,  corporate  alliances  and 
business development. 

- 15 - 

 
 
JOAN O’NEIL - 54 

November  2015  –  Executive  Vice  President,  Publishing  –  responsible  for  leading  the  Company’s 

global Publishing business 

September  2014  –  Senior  Vice  President  and  Managing  Director,  Knowledge  Services, 
Professional Development – responsible for leading the Knowledge Services business within the 
Professional Development business 

May 2013 – Vice President and Managing Director, Business, Finance & Accounting, Professional 
Development  –  responsible  for  leading  the  global  business,  finance  and  accounting  programs 
within Professional Development 

January 2011 – Vice President & Group Executive Publisher, Professional/Trade – responsible for 

the finance and accounting programs within the Professional/Trade business 

JEFFREY L. SUGERMAN - 61 

May  2015  –  Executive  Vice  President,  Talent  Solutions  and  Education  Services  Group  – 
responsible  for  leading  Wiley’s  combined  Talent  Solutions  and  Education  Services  (i.e. 
CrossKnowledge, Deltak, Profiles International and Inscape Publishing) in the corporate learning 
and higher education marketplaces. 

February 2012 – Senior Vice President, Venture Development – responsible for leading execution 
and  integration  of  Wiley’s  talent  solutions  business  acquisition  including  Inscape  Publishing, 
CrossKnowledge and Profiles International. 

- 16 - 

 
 
 
PART II 

Item 5.  Market for the Company’s Common Equity, Related Stockholder Matters and Issuer Purchases 

of Equity Securities 

The Company’s Class A and Class B shares are listed on the New York Stock Exchange under the 
symbols JWa and JWb, respectively. Dividends per share and the market price range (based on daily 
closing prices) by fiscal quarter for the past two fiscal years were as follows: 

2017 
First Quarter 
Second Quarter 
Third Quarter 
Fourth Quarter 

2016 
First Quarter 
Second Quarter 
Third Quarter 
Fourth Quarter 

Class A Common Stock 
Market Price 

Class B Common Stock 
Market Price 

Dividends

High 

Low 

Dividends 

High 

Low 

 $0.31
0.31
0.31
0.31

 $0.30
0.30
0.30
0.30

 $57.78
58.86
57.75
57.35

 $58.66
53.18
54.29
50.74

 $47.68
48.40
49.45
49.00

 $51.68
48.16
40.29
40.21

 $0.31 
0.31 
0.31 
0.31 

 $0.30 
0.30 
0.30 
0.30 

 $57.41
58.99
57.69
57.14

 $58.74
52.93
53.80
50.85

 $47.92
49.66
52.68
46.53

 $52.54
48.25
41.25
40.18

On a quarterly basis, the Board of Directors considers the payment of cash dividends based upon its 
review of earnings, the financial position of the Company, and other relevant factors. As of May 31, 
2017,  the  approximate  number  of  holders  of  the  Company’s  Class  A  and  Class  B  Common  Stock 
were 808 and 64 respectively, based on the holders of record. 

During the fourth quarter of fiscal year 2017, the Company made the following purchases of Class A 
Common Stock under its stock repurchase program.  

Total 
Number of 
Shares 
Purchased 
-
156,097
126,631
282,728

Average 
Price Paid 
Per Share 
-
$53.15
$52.60
$52.88

Total Number of 
Shares 
Purchased as 
part of a Publicly 
Announced 
Program 

- 
156,097 
126,631 
282,728 

Maximum 
Number of 
Shares that May 
be Purchased 
Under the 
Program 

4,076,376
3,920,276
3,793,648

February 2017 
March 2017 
April 2017 
Total  

- 17 - 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Item 6.  Selected Financial Data 

Dollars in millions (except per share data) 

2017 

2016 

2015 

2014 

2013 

For the Years Ended April 30, 

Revenue 

Operating Income (a-c) 

Net Income (a-d) 

Working Capital (e) 

Deferred Revenue in Working Capital (e) 

Total Assets 

Long-Term Debt 

Shareholders’ Equity 

Per Share Data 

Earnings Per Share (a-c) 

Diluted 

Basic 

Cash Dividends 

Class A Common 

Class B Common 

$1,718.5

$1,727.0

$1,822.4 

$1,775.2

$1,760.8

206.2

113.6

(428.1)

 (436.2)

188.1

145.8

(111.1)

237.7 

176.9 

(62.8) 

206.7

160.5

60.1

199.4

144.2

(32.2)

 (426.5)

 (372.1) 

(385.7)

(363.0)

2,606.2

2,921.1

3,004.2 

3,077.4

2,806.4

365.0

605.0

650.1 

700.1

1,003.1

1,037.1

1,055.0 

1,182.2

$1.95

$1.98

$1.24

$1.24

$2.48

$2.51

$1.20

$1.20

$2.97 

$3.01 

$1.16 

$1.16 

$2.70

$2.73

$1.00

$1.00

673.0

988.4

$2.39

$2.43

$0.96

$0.96

a) 

b) 

c) 

In  fiscal  years  2017,  2016,  2015,  2014  and  2013,  the  Company  recorded  restructuring  charges  of  $13.4 
million  ($0.15  per  share),  $28.6  million  ($0.32  per  share),  $28.8  million  ($0.34  per  share),  $42.7  million 
($0.48 per share) and $29.3 million ($0.33 per share), respectively, and related impairment charges in fiscal 
years 2014 and 2013 of $4.8 million ($0.06 per share) and $30.7 million ($0.35 per share), respectively. 

In fiscal year 2017, the Company recorded a one-time pension settlement of $8.8 million ($0.09 per share) 
for terminated vested employees who elected to receive lump sum payments of accumulated benefits.  

In fiscal year 2013, the Company recorded a gain, net of losses, on the sale of certain consumer publishing 
programs of $6.0 million ($0.04 per share). 

d)  Certain tax benefits and charges included in fiscal year results are as follows:  

  Fiscal year 2017 includes an unfavorable tax settlement of $49.1 million ($0.85 per share) related to an 

unfavorable tax ruling in Germany.  

  Fiscal  years  2017,  2016,  2014  and  2013,  include  tax  benefits  of  $2.6  million  ($0.04  per  share),  $5.9 
million  ($0.10  per  share),  $10.6  million  ($0.18  per  share)  and  $8.4  million  ($0.14  per  share), 
respectively, principally associated with consecutive tax legislation enacted in the United Kingdom that 
reduced the U.K. corporate income tax rates.  

  Fiscal  year  2015  includes  a  non-recurring  tax  benefit  of  $3.1  million  ($0.05  per  share)  related  to  tax 

deductions claimed on the write-up of certain foreign tax assets to fair market value.   

e)  The primary driver of the negative working capital is unearned deferred revenue related to subscriptions for 
which  cash  has  been  collected  in  advance.  Cash  received  in  advance  for  subscriptions  is  used  by  the 
Company  for  a  number  of  purposes  including  acquisitions;  debt  repayments;  funding  operations;  dividend 
payments;  and  purchasing  treasury  shares.  The  deferred  revenue  will  be  recognized  in  income  over  the 
term  of  the  subscription;  when  the  related  issue  is  shipped  or  made  available  online,  or  the  service  is 
rendered.   

- 18 - 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Item 7.  Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Business, Financial Condition and Results of 
Operations 

The  Company  is  a  global  research  and  learning  company.  Through  the  Research  segment,  the  Company 
provides  scientific,  technical,  medical,  and  scholarly  journals,  as  well  as  related  content  and  services,  to 
academic,  corporate,  and  government  libraries,  learned  societies,  and  individual  researchers  and  other 
professionals.  The  Publishing  segment  provides  scientific,  professional,  and  education  books  and  related 
content in print and digital formats, as well as test preparation services and course workflow tools, to libraries, 
corporations,  students,  professionals,  and  researchers.  The  Solutions  segment  provides  online  program 
management services for higher education institutions and learning, development, and assessment services for 
businesses  and  professionals.  The  Company’s  operations  are  primarily  located  in  the  United  States,  Canada, 
United Kingdom, Germany, Singapore and Australia. 

Business growth strategies include driving pricing and volume growth from existing journal and book brands and 
titles, as well as learning services related to education and professional development; the development of new 
journal  titles  or  through  publishing  partnerships;  technology  and  content  acquisitions  which  complement  the 
Company’s  existing  businesses;  designing  and  implementing  new  methods  of  delivering  products  to  our 
customers; and the development of new products and services.  

Business Segments 

Research: 

Research’s mission is to support researchers, professionals and learners in the discovery and use of research 
knowledge  to  help  them  achieve  their  goals  in  research,  learning  and  practice.    Research  provides  scientific, 
technical, medical, and scholarly journals, as well as related content and services, to academic, corporate, and 
government libraries, learned societies, and individual researchers and other professionals. Journal publishing 
areas  include  the  physical  sciences  and  engineering,  health  sciences,  social  science  and  humanities  and  life 
sciences.  Research  also  includes  the  Company’s  recent  acquisition  of  Atypon  Systems,  Inc.  (“Atypon”),  a 
publishing  software  and  service  provider  that  enables  scholarly  and  professional  societies  and  publishers  to 
deliver, host, enhance, market and manage their content on the web.  Research customers include academic, 
corporate,  government,  and  public  libraries;  funders  of  research;  researchers;  scientists;  clinicians;  engineers 
and technologists; scholarly and professional societies; and students and professors. The Company’s Research 
products  are  sold  and  distributed  globally  in  digital  and  print  formats  through  multiple  channels,  including 
research  libraries  and  library  consortia,  independent  subscription  agents,  direct  sales  to  professional  society 
members  and  other  customers.  Publishing  centers  include  Australia,  China,  Germany,  India,  the  United 
Kingdom and the United States. Research accounted for approximately 50% of total Company revenue in fiscal 
year 2017.   

- 19 - 

 
 
Research revenue by product type includes: Journal Subscriptions; Author-Funded Access; Licensing, Reprints, 
Backfiles, and Other; and Platform Services (Atypon). The graphs below present Research revenue by product 
type for fiscal years 2017 and 2016:  

Author-
Funded 
Access
4%

Licensing, 
Reprints, 
Backfiles 
and Other
19%

Platform 
Services 
(Atypon)
2%

Journal 
Subscriptions
75%

Author-
Funded 
Access
3%

Licensing, 
Reprints, 
Backfiles 
and Other
22%

Platform 
Services 
(Atypon)
0%

Journal 
Subscriptions
75%

2017

2016

Key growth strategies for the Research business include evolving and developing new licensing models for the 
Company’s  institutional  customers;  developing  new  open  access  products  and  revenue  streams;  focusing 
resources on  high-growth and  emerging  markets;  and  developing  new  digital  products,  services  and  workflow 
solutions to meet the needs of researchers, authors, societies and corporate customers.   

Journals Subscriptions 

The  Company  publishes  approximately  1,700  academic  research  journals.  The  Company  sells  journal 
subscriptions  directly  through  Company  sales  representatives;  indirectly  through  independent  subscription 
agents; through promotional campaigns; and through memberships in professional societies for those journals 
that  are  sponsored  by  societies.  Journal  subscriptions,  making  up  approximately  37%  of  the  Company’s 
consolidated  fiscal  year  2017  revenue,  are  primarily  licensed  through  contracts  for  digital  content  delivered 
through the Company’s online platform, Wiley Online Library. Contracts are negotiated by the Company directly 
with  customers  or  their  subscription  agents.  Licenses  range  from  one  to  three  years  in  duration  and  typically 
cover calendar years. Print journals are generally mailed to subscribers directly from independent printers.  The 
Company does not own or manage printing facilities.  Subscription revenue is generally collected in advance, 
and deferred until the Company has fulfilled its obligation to the customer at which time the revenue is earned. 

Approximately 50% of Journal Subscription revenue is derived from publishing rights owned by the Company. 
Publishing alliances also play a major role in Research’s success. Approximately 50% of Journal Subscription 
revenue  is  derived  from  publication  rights  which  are  owned  by  professional  societies  and  published  by  the 
Company pursuant to a long-term contract (generally 5-10 years) or owned jointly with a professional society. 
These society alliances bring mutual benefit, with the societies gaining Wiley’s publishing, marketing, sales and 
distribution  expertise,  while  Wiley  benefits  from  being  affiliated  with  prestigious  societies  and  their  members. 
Societies that sponsor or own such journals generally receive a royalty and/or other financial consideration. The 
Company may procure editorial services from such societies on a pre-negotiated fee basis. The Company also 
enters into agreements with outside independent editors of journals that define the duties of the editors, and the 
fees  and  expenses  for  their  services.  Contributors  of  articles  to  the  Company’s  journal  portfolio  transfer 
publication rights to the Company or a professional society, as applicable. The Company publishes the journals 
of  many  prestigious  societies,  including  the  American  Cancer  Society,  the  American  Heart  Association,  the 
British Journal of Surgery Society, the European Molecular Biology Organization, the American Anthropological 
Association, the American Geophysical Union and the German Chemical Society.  

- 20 - 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Wiley  Online Library,  the  online  publishing  platform  for  the Company’s Research segment, delivers  integrated 
access  to  over  7  million  articles  from  1,700  journals,  as  well  as  19,000  online  books  and  hundreds  of  multi-
volume  reference  works,  laboratory  protocols  and  databases.  Wiley  Online  Library  provides  the  user  with 
intuitive  navigation,  enhanced  discoverability,  expanded  functionality  and  a  range  of  personalization  options. 
Access  to  abstracts  is  free;  full  content  is  accessible  through  licensing  agreements  or  as  individual  article 
purchases. Large portions of the content are provided free or at nominal cost to nations in the developing world 
through partnerships with certain non-profit organizations. The Company has announced that it will be migrating 
from  the  Wiley  Online  Library  platform  to  Atypon’s  Literatum  platform,  which  it  acquired  in  fiscal  year  2017.   
Literatum  will  replace  Wiley  Online  Library  starting  in  calendar  year  2018.  The  Company’s  online  publishing 
platforms  provide  revenue  growth  opportunities  through  new  applications  and  business  models,  online 
advertising, deeper market penetration and individual sales and pay-per-view options. 

The Company transitioned from issue-based to time-based digital journal subscription agreements for calendar 
year  2016.  Under  this  new  model,  the  Company  provides  access  to  all  journal  content  published  within  a 
calendar  year  and  recognizes  revenue  on  a  straight-line  basis  over  the  calendar  year.  Under  the  Company’s 
previous licensing model, a customer subscribed to a discrete number of online journal issues and revenue was 
recognized  as  each  issue  was  made  available  online.  The  Company  made  these  changes  to  simplify  the 
contracting and administration of digital journal subscriptions. The change shifted approximately $34 million of 
revenue  from  fiscal  year  2016  to  the remainder of  calendar  year 2016  (fiscal  year 2017).  The change  had  no 
impact on free cash flow.  

Author-Funded Access 

Under the Author-Funded Access business model, accepted research articles are published subject to payment 
of  an  APC.  All  Author-Funded  Access  articles  are  immediately  free  to  access  online.  Contributors  of  Author-
Funded Access articles retain many rights and typically license their work under terms that permit re-use.  

Author-Funded  Access  offers  authors  choices  in  how  to  share  and  disseminate  their  work,  and  it  serves  the 
needs of researchers who may be required by their research funder to make articles freely accessible without 
embargo.  APCs  are  typically  paid  by  the  individual  author  or  by  the  author’s  funder,  and  payments  are  often 
mediated  by  the  author’s  institution.  The  Company  provides  specific  workflows  and  infrastructure  to  authors, 
funders and institutions to support the requirements of the Author-Funded Access model. 

The  Company  offers  two  Author-Funded  Access  publishing  models.  The  first  of  these  is  Hybrid  Open  Access 
where  authors  publishing  in  the  majority  of  the  Company’s  paid  subscription  journals  are  offered,  after  article 
acceptance,  the  opportunity  to  make  their  individual research  article  openly  available  through  the  OnlineOpen 
service upon payment of an APC. 

The second Author-Funded Access model offered by the Company is a growing portfolio of fully open access 
journals,  also  known  as  Gold  Open  Access  Journals,  in  which  all  accepted  articles  are  published  subject  to 
receipt  of  an  APC.  All  Author-Funded  Access  articles  are  subject  to  the  same  rigorous  peer-review  process 
applied to the Company’s subscription based journals. As with the Company’s subscription portfolio, a number 
of the Gold Open Access Journals are published under contract for or in partnership with prestigious societies, 
including  the  American  Geophysical  Union,  American  Heart  Association,  the  European  Molecular  Biology 
Organization  and  the  British  Ecological  Society.  The  Author-Funded  Access  portfolio  spans  life,  physical, 
medical  and  social  sciences  and  includes  a  choice  of  high  impact  journals  and  broad  scope  titles  that  offer  a 
responsive, author-centred service. 

- 21 - 

 
 
Licensing, Reprints, Backfiles, and Other 

Licensing, Reprints, Backfiles, and Other includes advertising, backfile sales, the licensing of publishing rights, 
journal and article reprints, and individual article sales.  The Company generates advertising revenue from print 
and online journal subscription products; its online publishing platform, Wiley Online Library; online events such 
as  webinars  and  virtual  conferences;  community  interest  websites  such  as  spectroscopyNOW.com  and 
websites.  A backfile license provides access to a historical collection of Wiley journals, generally for a one-time 
fee.  The Company also engages with international publishers and receives licensing revenue from photocopies, 
reproductions,  translations,  and  digital  uses  of  its  content.    Journal  and  article  reprints  are  primarily  used  by 
pharmaceutical  companies  and  other  industries  for  marketing  and  promotional  purposes.    Through  the  Article 
Select and PayPerView programs, the Company provides fee-based access to non-subscribed journal articles, 
content, book chapters and major reference work articles. The Company’s Research business is also a provider 
of  content  and  services  in  evidence-based  medicine  (“EBM”).  Through  the  Company’s  alliance  with  The 
Cochrane  Collaboration,  the  Company  publishes  The  Cochrane  Library,  a  premier  source  of  high-quality 
independent  evidence  to  inform  healthcare  decision-making.  EBM  facilitates  the  effective  management  of 
patients through clinical expertise informed by best practice evidence that is derived from medical literature. 

Platform Services (Atypon) 

On  September  30,  2016,  the  Company  acquired  the  net  assets  of  Atypon  Systems  Inc.  (“Atypon”),  a  Silicon 
Valley-based  publishing-software  company,  for  approximately  $121  million  in  cash,  net  of  cash  acquired.  
Atypon’s  Literatum  publishing  platform  serves  the  scientific,  technical,  medical  and  scholarly  industry,  giving 
publishers and societies direct control over how their content is displayed, promoted and monetized on the web. 
Literatum hosts  nearly  9,000  journals,  13  million  journal  articles  (accounting  for  a  third  of  the  world’s  English-
language scholarly articles), and more than 1,800 publication web sites for over 1,500 societies and publishers.  
The Literatum platform will accelerate Wiley’s technology roadmap and replace Wiley Online Library starting in 
calendar year 2018.  Atypon generated over $31 million in calendar year 2015 revenue.   

Publishing: 

The  Company’s  Publishing  segment  acquires,  develops  and  publishes  scientific,  professional  and  education 
books  and  related  content,  as  well  as  test  preparation  services  and  course  workflow  tools,  to  libraries, 
corporations,  students,  professionals  and  researchers.  Communities  served  include  business,  finance, 
accounting,  workplace 
technology,  behavioral  health,  engineering/ 
architecture, science and medicine, and education.  Products are developed in print and digitally for worldwide 
distribution  through  multiple  channels,  including  chain  and  online  booksellers,  libraries,  colleges  and 
universities,  corporations,  direct  to  consumer,  websites,  distributor  networks  and  other  online  applications. 
Publishing  centers  include  Australia,  Germany,  India,  the  United  Kingdom  and  the  United  States.  Publishing 
accounted for approximately 37% of total Company revenue in fiscal year 2017.  

learning,  management, 

leadership, 

- 22 - 

 
 
Publishing  revenue  by  product  type  includes:  STM  and  Professional  Books;  Education  Books;  Online  Test 
Preparation and Certification; Course Workflow; and Licensing, Distribution, Advertising and Other. The graphs 
below present Publishing revenue by product type for fiscal years 2017 and 2016:  

Course 
Workflow
10%

STM and 
Professional 
Books
46%

Online Test 
Preparation 
and 
Certification
6%

2017

Licensing, 
Distribution, 
Advertising 
& Other
7%

Education
Books
31%

Course 
Workflow
8%

STM and 
Professional 
Books
48%

Online Test 
Preparation 
and 
Certification
4%

2016

Licensing, 
Distribution, 
Advertising 
& Other
7%

Education
Books
33%

Key  growth  strategies  for  the  Publishing  business  include  developing  and  acquiring  products  and  services  to 
drive corporate development and professional career development; developing leading brands and franchises; 
executing  strategic  acquisitions  and  partnerships;  and  innovating  digital  book  formats  while  expanding  their 
global discoverability  and distribution.  The  Company  continues  to  implement  strategies  to manage  declines  in 
print revenue through cost improvement initiatives and focusing its efforts on growing its digital lines of business.  
The  Company  is  performing  portfolio  reviews  and  workforce  realignment,  restructuring  and  operational 
excellence  initiatives.  In  certain  areas,  the  Company  will  explore  new  formats  or  promote  digital  only  and  in 
other areas the Company may rationalize its portfolio.  The Company’s approach is to continue to realign its cost 
structure  to  help  mitigate  the  revenue  decline,  sharpen  its  focus  on  high  performing  areas  and  digital 
opportunities, and improve operating efficiency. 

Books 

Book  products  accounted  for  approximately  28%  of  the  Company’s  consolidated  fiscal  year  2017  revenue.  
Categories include STM (Scientific, Technical, and Medical), Professional and Education Books.   

STM  books  are  sold  and  distributed  globally  in  digital  and  print  formats  through  multiple  channels,  including 
research  libraries  and  library  consortia,  independent  subscription  agents,  direct  sales  to  professional  society 
members, bookstores, online booksellers and other customers.  

Professional books, which include business and finance, technology, and other professional categories, as well 
as  the  For  Dummies  brand,  are  sold  to  bookstores  and  online  booksellers  serving  the  general  public; 
wholesalers  who  supply  such  bookstores;  warehouse  clubs;  college  bookstores;  individual  practitioners; 
industrial organizations, and government agencies. The Company employs sales representatives who call upon 
independent bookstores, national and regional chain bookstores and wholesalers. Sales of professional books 
also result from direct mail campaigns, telemarketing, online access, advertising and reviews in periodicals.  

Education  textbooks  and  related  supplementary  material  and  digital  products  are  sold  primarily  to  bookstores 
and  online  booksellers,  serving  both  for-profit,  nonprofit  educational  institutions  (primarily  colleges  and 
universities)  and  direct-to-students.  The  Company  employs  sales  representatives  who  call  on  faculty 
responsible for selecting books to be used in courses, and on the bookstores that serve such institutions and 
their students. The textbook business is seasonal, with the majority of textbook sales occurring during the June 

- 23 - 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
through  August  and  November  through  January  periods.  There  are  active  used  and  rental  textbook  markets, 
which adversely affect the sale of new textbooks.  

Book  sales  are  generally  made  on  a  returnable  basis  with  certain  restrictions.  The  Company  provides  for 
estimated future returns on sales made during the year based on historical return experience and current market 
trends.  

Materials for book publications are obtained from authors throughout most of the world through the efforts of an 
editorial  staff,  outside  editorial  advisors,  and  advisory  boards.  Most  materials  are  originated  by  the  authors 
themselves  or  as  a  result  of  suggestion  or  solicitations  by  editors  and  advisors.  The  Company  enters  into 
agreements  with  authors  that  state  the  terms  and  conditions  under  which  the  materials  will  be  published,  the 
name in which the copyright will be registered, the basis for any royalties, and other matters. Most of the authors 
are compensated with royalties, which vary depending on the nature of the product. The Company may make 
advance payments against future royalties to authors of certain publications. Royalty advances are reviewed for 
recoverability and a reserve for loss is maintained, if appropriate.  

The Company continues to add new titles, revise existing titles, and discontinue the sale of others in the normal 
course of its business, and also creates adaptations of original content for specific markets based on customer 
demand.  The  Company’s  general  practice  is  to  revise  its  textbooks  approximately  every  three  years,  if 
warranted,  and  to  revise  other  titles  as  appropriate.  Subscription-based  products  are  updated  on  a  more 
frequent basis.  

The  Company  generally  contracts  with  independent  printers  and  binderies  globally  for  their  services. 
Management  believes  that  adequate  printing  and  binding  facilities,  sources  of  paper  and  other  required 
materials are available to it, and that it is not dependent upon any single supplier.  

In  fiscal  year  2016,  the  Company  entered  into  an  agreement  to  outsource  its  US-based  book  distribution 
operations to Cengage Learning, with the continued aim of improving efficiency in its distribution activities and to 
move to a more variable cost model.  As of April 30, 2017, the Company has only one global warehousing and 
distribution facility remaining which is in the United Kingdom. 

The Company develops content in a digital format that can be used for both digital and print products, resulting 
in productivity and efficiency savings, and enabling print-on-demand delivery. Book content is available online 
through Wiley Online Library, WileyPLUS, Wiley Custom Select and other proprietary platforms.  Digital books 
are  delivered  to  intermediaries  including  Amazon,  Apple  and  Google,  for  re-sale  to  individuals  in  various 
industry-standard  formats,  which  are  now  the preferred  deliverable  for  licensees  of  all  types,  including  foreign 
language  publishers.  Digital  books  are  also  licensed  to  libraries  through  aggregators.  Specialized  formats  for 
digital  textbooks  go  to  distributors  servicing  the  academic  market,  and  digital  book  collections  are  sold  by 
subscription  through  independent  third-party  aggregators  servicing  distinct  communities.  Custom  deliverables 
are provided to corporations, institutions and associations to educate their employees, generate leads for their 
products, and extend their brands. Content from digital books is also used to create online articles, mobile apps, 
newsletters and promotional collateral. This continual re-use of content improves margins, speeds delivery and 
helps  satisfy  a  wide  range  of  customer  needs.  The  Company’s  online  presence  not  only  enables  it  to  deliver 
content  online,  but  also  to  sell  more  books.  The  growth  of  online  booksellers  benefits  the  Company  because 
they provide unlimited virtual “shelf space” for the Company’s entire backlist.   

Publishing  alliances  and  franchise  products  are  important  to  the  Company’s  strategy.  Professional  publishing 
alliance partners include Bloomberg Press, the American Institute of Architects, the Leader to Leader Institute, 

- 24 - 

Fisher  Investments,  the  CFA  Institute,  ACT  (American  College  Test),  Autodesk  and  many  others.    Education 
publishing  alliance  partners  include  Microsoft®,  Blackboard,  Canvas,  Snapwiz  and  the  Culinary  Institute  of 
America.  The  ability  to  join  Wiley’s  product  development,  sales,  marketing,  distribution  and  technology  with  a 
partner’s content, technology and/or brand name has contributed to the Company’s success. 

The Company also promotes active and growing custom professional and education publishing programs. The 
Company’s custom professional publications are used by professional organizations for internal promotional or 
incentive programs and include digital and print books written specifically for a customer and customizations of 
existing publications to include custom cover art, such as imprints, messages and slogans. Of special note are 
customized For Dummies publications, which leverage the power of this well-known brand to meet the specific 
information  needs  of  a  wide  range  of  organizations  around  the  world.  The  Company’s  custom  education 
publishing program offers an array of tools and services designed to put the creation of customized content in 
instructors’  hands  to  create  high-quality,  affordable  education  solutions  tailored  to  meet  individual  classroom 
needs. Through Wiley Custom Select, an online custom textbook system, instructors can easily build print and 
digital  materials  tailored  to  their  specific  course  needs  and  add  their  own  content  to  create  a  customized 
solution.  

Course Workflow 

The  Company  offers  high-quality  online  learning  solutions  including  WileyPLUS,  a  research-based,  online 
environment for effective teaching and learning that is integrated with a complete digital textbook.  WileyPLUS 
improves  student  learning  through  instant  feedback,  personalized  learning  plans,  and  self-evaluation  tools  as 
well as a full range of course-oriented activities, including online planning, presentations, study, homework and 
testing. In selected courses, WileyPLUS includes a personalized adaptive learning component, Orion, which is 
based on cognitive science. Orion helps to build student proficiency on topics while improving the effectiveness 
of  their  study  time.  It  assists  educators  in  identifying  areas  that  need  reinforcement  and  measures  student 
engagement  and  proficiency  throughout  the  course.  WileyPLUS  revenue  is  deferred  and  recognized  over  the 
timeframe that each student is enrolled in the online course.  

Online Test Preparation and Certification 

The Online Test Preparation business represents learning solutions and training activities that are delivered to 
customers  directly  through  online  digital  delivery  platforms.    Products  include  CPAExcel,  a  modular,  digital 
platform  comprised  of  online  self-study,  videos,  mobile  apps,  and  sophisticated  planning  tools  to  help 
professionals  prepare  for  the  CPA  exam,  and  test  preparation  products  for  the  CFA®;  CMA;  CIA®;  CMT®; 
FRN®;  FINRA;  Banking;  and  PMP®  exams.  Revenue  for  these  products  and  services  are  deferred  until  the 
Company’s  obligation  has  been  performed,  typically  when  an  online  training  program  has  been  completed  or 
over the timeframe covered by a license to use the online training and study materials.   

Licensing, Distribution, Advertising and Other 

Marketing  and  distribution  services  are  made  available  to  other  publishers  under  agency  arrangements.  The 
Company also engages in co-publishing titles with international publishers and receives licensing revenue from 
photocopies, reproductions, translations, and digital uses of its content. Wiley also realizes advertising revenue 
from branded websites (e.g. Dummies.com, etc.) and online applications. 

Solutions: 

The  Company’s  Solutions  segment  provides  online  program  management  services  for  higher  education 
institutions and learning, development and assessment services for businesses and professionals.  Key growth 

- 25 - 

strategies include developing new products and services for existing university partners; increasing enrollments 
for online program management programs; signing new and prestigious university partners; and developing new 
digital  learning  solutions  by  integrating  its  professional  assessment  products  and  services  with  its  Corporate 
Learning content and technology. 

Solutions  revenue  by  product  type  includes  Online  Program  Management;  Professional  Assessment;  and 
Corporate Learning. The graphs below present Solutions revenue by product type for fiscal years 2017 & 2016: 

Online 
Program 
Management
48%

Professional 
Assessment
26%

Corporate 
Learning
26%

Online 
Program 
Management
47%

Professional 
Assessment
28%

Corporate 
Learning
25%

2017

2016

Online Program Management 

As student demand for online degree and certificate programs continues to increase, traditional institutions are 
partnering with online program management providers to develop and support these programs.  Online Program 
Management  services  include  market  research,  marketing,  student  recruitment,  enrollment  support,  proactive 
retention  support,  academic  services  to  design  courses,  faculty  support  and  access  to  the  Engage  Learning 
Management  System,  which  facilitates  the  online  education  experience.  Graduate  degree  programs  include 
Business Administration, Finance, Accounting, Healthcare, Engineering, Communications and others.  Revenue 
is  derived  from  pre-negotiated  contracts  with  institutions  that  provide  for  a  share  of  tuition  generated  from 
students  who  enroll  in  a  program.  Online  program  management  revenue  is  deferred  and  recognized  over  the 
timeframe that each student is enrolled in the online degree program. As of April 30, 2017 the Online Program 
Management business had 39 partners and 250 degree programs under contract.  

Corporate Learning  

The  Corporate  Learning  business  offers  online  learning  and  training  solutions  for  global  corporations, 
universities, and small and medium-sized enterprises, which  are sold on a subscription or fee basis. Learning 
formats  and  modules  on  topics  such  as  leadership,  diversity,  value  creation,  client  orientation,  change  and 
corporate strategy are delivered on a cloud-based LMS platform that hosts over 19,000 content assets (videos, 
digital learning modules, written files, etc.) in 17 languages. Its Mohive offering also provides a collaborative e-
learning  publishing  and  program  creation  system.    Revenue  growth  is  derived  from  legacy  markets,  such  as 
France,  England  and  other  European  markets  and  newer  markets,  such  as  the  U.S.  and  Brazil.  In  addition, 
content  and  LMS  offerings  are  continuously  refreshed  and  expanded  to  serve  a  wider  variety  of  customer 
needs.  

Professional Assessment 

The  Company’s  professional  assessment  services  include  pre-hire  screening  and  post-hire  personality 
assessments, which are delivered to business customers through online digital delivery platforms either directly 
or  through  an  authorized  distributor  network  of  independent  consultants,  trainers  and  coaches.  Wiley’s 
leadership  assessment  offerings  also  include  Kouzes  and  Posner’s  Leadership  Practices  Inventory®  and  The 
Five Behaviors of a Cohesive TeamTM.  

- 26 - 

The  Company’s  assessment  tools  enable  employers  to  optimize  candidate  selections  and  develop  the  full 
potential  of  their  employees.  These  solutions  include  pre-hire  assessments,  including  those  designed  to 
measure  and  match  personality,  knowledge,  skills,  managerial  fit,  loyalty,  and  values;  and  post-hire 
assessments,  focused  on  measuring  sales  and  managerial  effectiveness,  employee  performance  and  career 
potential.  Professional Assessment revenue is deferred until the obligation has been performed, typically when 
an online assessment has been completed.  

Results of Operations 

Throughout  this  report,  references  to  variances  “excluding  foreign  exchange”,  “currency  neutral  basis”  and 
“performance  basis”  exclude  both  foreign  currency  translation  effects  and  transactional  gains  and  losses. 
Foreign  currency  translation  effects  are  based  on  the  change  in  average  exchange  rates  for  each  reporting 
period multiplied by the prior period’s volume of activity in local currency for each non-U.S. location.  For fiscal 
years 2017 and 2016, the average annual exchange rates to convert British pounds sterling to U.S. dollars were 
1.30 and 1.50, respectively; the average annual exchange rates to convert euros into U.S. dollars were 1.09 and 
1.11, respectively; and the average annual exchange rates to convert Australian dollars into U.S. dollars were 
0.75 and 0.74, respectively. Unless otherwise noted, all variance explanations below are on a currency neutral 
basis. 

FISCAL YEAR 2017 SUMMARY RESULTS 

Revenue: 

Revenue  for  fiscal  year  2017  of  $1,718.5  million  was  consistent  with  the  prior  year,  but  represented  a  2% 
increase  excluding  the  unfavorable  impact  of  foreign  exchange.  The  impact  of  the  previously  announced 
transition  to  time-based  digital  journal  subscriptions  for  calendar  year  2016  ($34  million);  higher  Solutions 
revenue  ($28  million);  incremental  revenue  from  the  recent  acquisition  of  Atypon  ($19  million);  and  growth  in 
author-funded access ($7 million) and other journal revenue ($4 million) were offset by a continued decline in 
Publishing ($48 million), mainly print books; the unfavorable impact of foreign exchange ($43 million); and the 
impact of a large backfile sale in the prior year ($10 million). 

As  previously  announced,  the  Company  transitioned  from  issue-based  to  time-based  journal  subscription 
agreements for calendar year 2016.  The transition to time-based digital journal subscription agreements shifted 
revenue  from  fiscal  year  2016  to  the  remainder  of  calendar  year  2016  (fiscal  year  2017),  which  resulted  in  a 
favorable impact of approximately $34 million in fiscal year 2017.  The change had no impact on free cash flow.  
The Company made these changes to simplify the contracting and administration of digital journal subscriptions. 

Cost of Sales and Gross Profit: 

Cost  of  sales  for  fiscal  year  2017  decreased  1%  to  $460.8  million,  but  increased  2%  excluding  the  favorable 
impact of foreign exchange.  The decrease was mainly driven by lower print book sales volume ($15 million); 
foreign exchange translation ($14 million); and lower inventory costs due to cost savings initiatives and product 
mix ($5 million), partially offset by incremental costs associated with the Atypon acquisition ($8 million); higher 
royalty  costs  due  to  the  transition  to  time-based  digital  journal  subscription  agreements  ($5  million)  and  new 
journal  titles  ($4  million);  higher  Solutions  sales  volume  ($5  million);  higher  Corporate  Learning  content 
development  costs  ($4  million)  and  Online  Program  Management  employment  costs  ($3  million)  to  support 
business growth. 

- 27 - 

Gross  Profit  margin  for  fiscal  year  2017  increased  20  basis  points  to  73.2%  mainly  driven  by  product  mix  in 
Research,  partially  offset  by  higher  Online  Program  Management  and  Corporate  Learning  costs  to  support 
business growth. 

Operating and Administrative Expenses: 

Operating and administrative expenses for fiscal year 2017 decreased 1% to $988.6 million, but increased 2% 
excluding  the  favorable  impact  of  foreign  exchange.    The  decrease  was  mainly  driven  by  foreign  exchange 
translation ($24 million); restructuring and other cost savings ($15 million); one-time benefits related to changes 
in the Company’s retiree and long-term disability health plans ($4 million), a life insurance recovery ($2 million) 
in the current year and a disability settlement charge in the prior year ($2 million); lower advertising costs ($7 
million)  due  to  title  and  volume  reductions  and  timing;  lower  shipping  and  handling  costs  ($3  million);  and  a 
market gain on nonqualified pension plan assets ($2 million). 

Partially offsetting these decreases were incremental costs associated with the Atypon acquisition ($14 million); 
a  charge  related  to  lump-sum  payments  offered  to  terminated  vested  employees  within  the  Company’s  U.S. 
defined  benefit  pension  plans  ($9  million);  spending  for  the  Company’s  ERP  and  related  systems  ($6  million) 
and other technology, development and maintenance costs ($4 million); increased headcount in Solutions ($4 
million) and Research ($3 million); merit increases ($8 million) and higher Solutions event promotional costs ($3 
million).   

Pension Plan Settlement:   

The  Company  announced  a  voluntary,  limited-time  opportunity  for  terminated  vested  employees  who  are 
participants in the U.S. Employees’ Retirement Plan of John Wiley & Sons, Inc. (the Pension Plan) to request 
early payment of their entire Pension Plan benefit in the form of a single lump sum payment. Eligible participants 
who  wished  to  receive  the  lump  sum  payment  were  required  to  make  an  election  by  August  29,  2016. 
Approximately 780 eligible participants made the election to receive the lump sum totaling $28 million which was 
paid from Pension Plan assets in October 2016. Settlement accounting rules were applied in the second quarter 
of  fiscal  year  2017,  which  resulted  in  a  plan  remeasurement  and  a  recognition  of  a  pro-rata  portion  of 
unamortized net actuarial loss of $9 million which was recorded in Operating and Administrative Expenses in the 
Condensed Consolidated Statements of Income.   

- 28 - 

 
 
Restructuring Charges: 

Beginning in fiscal year 2013, the Company initiated a program (the “Restructuring and Reinvestment Program”) 
to restructure and realign its cost base with current and anticipated future market conditions. The Company is 
targeting a majority of the cost savings achieved to improve margins and earnings, while the remainder will be 
reinvested in high growth digital business opportunities.  

In fiscal years 2017 and 2016, the Company recorded pre-tax restructuring charges of $13.4 million and $28.6 
million,  respectively,  related  to  this  program.  These  charges  are  reflected  in  Restructuring  Charges  in  the 
Consolidated Statements of Income and summarized in the following table (in thousands): 

Charges by Segment: 

Research 
Publishing 
Solutions 

   Shared Services 
Total Restructuring Charges 

Charges by Activity: 
   Severance 
   Process reengineering consulting 
   Other activities 
Total Restructuring Charges 

2017 

2016 

Total Charges 
Incurred to Date 

$1,949 
1,596 
1,787 
8,023 
$13,355 

$8,386 
148 
4,821 
$13,355 

$2,982 
4,507 
1,042 
20,080 
$28,611 

$16,443 
7,191 
4,977 
$28,611 

$20,156 
32,488 
2,552 
82,748 
$137,944 

$87,590 
18,814 
31,540 
$137,944 

Other  Activities  reflects  leased  facility  consolidations,  contract  termination  costs  and  the  curtailment  of  certain 
defined benefit pension plans. The fiscal year 2017 restructuring charges of $13 million are expected to be fully 
recovered within the next 18 months.  

Amortization of Intangibles: 

Amortization of intangibles for fiscal year 2017 was $49.7 million and consistent with the prior year period. 

Interest Expense/Income, Foreign Exchange and Other: 

Interest expense for fiscal year 2017 increased $0.2 million to $16.9 million due to an increase in the average 
borrowing rate, partially offset by lower average debt balances outstanding. 

Provision for Income Taxes: 

The effective tax rate for fiscal year 2017 was 40.5%, compared to 16.6% in the prior year. The increase was 
due to the unfavorable German court decision described below. Excluding the expense related to that decision, 
the rate for fiscal year 2017 would have been 14.9%. The rate for fiscal year 2017, excluding the German court 
decision,  was  lower  than  the  prior  year’s  rate  due  to  non-recurring  foreign  and  domestic  tax  benefits  and  a 
favorable  earnings  mix,  partially  offset  by  the  impact  of  non-cash  deferred  tax  benefits  related  to  legislation 
enacted in the U.K. In fiscal year 2016, the U.K. reduced its statutory rate to 19% beginning April 1, 2017 and 
18%  beginning  April  1,  2020;  and  in  fiscal  year  2017,  the  U.K.  further  reduced  its  statutory  rate  beginning  on 
April  1,  2020,  from  18%  to  17%.    This  resulted  in  a  tax  benefit  from  the  re-measurement  of  the  Company’s 
applicable U.K. deferred tax balances of $5.9 million in fiscal year 2016 and $2.6 million in fiscal year 2017.  

- 29 - 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Unfavorable German Court Decision  

In  fiscal  year  2003,  the  Company  reorganized  several  of  its  German  subsidiaries  into  a  new  operating  entity 
which  enabled  the  Company  to  increase  (“step-up”)  the  tax  deductible  net  asset  basis  in  certain  assets  and 
claim additional tax amortization deductions over 15 years beginning that fiscal year.  

In May 2012, as part of its routine tax audit process, the German tax authorities challenged the Company’s tax 
position. In September 2014, the Company filed an appeal with the local finance court.  As required by German 
law, the Company paid all contested taxes and the related interest to avail itself of its right to defend its position. 
The  Company  made  all  required  payments  with  cumulative  total  deposits  of  56.6  million  euros,  including 
interest.  

In  October  2014,  the  Company  received  an  unfavorable  decision  from  the  local  finance  court,  which  the 
Company  appealed  in  January  2015  to  the  German  Federal  Fiscal  Court.  On  September  26,  2016,  the 
Company  learned  that  the  court  denied  the  Company’s  appeal  and  its  tax  position.  No  further  appeals  are 
available.  As a result, the Company forfeited its deposit and incurred an income tax charge of $49 million. This 
one-time charge is included in the Company’s income tax expense for fiscal year 2017. 

Earnings Per Share: 

Earnings per diluted share for fiscal year 2017 was $1.95 per share compared to $2.48 per share in the prior 
year.  The  decrease  was  mainly  driven  by  the  impact  of  the  unfavorable  German  court  tax  decision  described 
above ($0.85 per share); lower Publishing revenue; the impact of a large backfile sale in the prior year ($0.10 
per  share);  a  one-time  charge  related  to  the  Pension  Plan  Settlement  ($0.09  per  share);  lower  non-cash 
deferred  tax benefits  related  to  changes  in  the  U.K. corporate  income  tax rates ($0.06  per share);  technology 
spending for the Company’s ERP and other related systems ($0.08 per share); and the unfavorable impact of 
foreign exchange translation ($0.04 per share). 

Partially  offsetting  the  decreases  were  the  impact  of  the  transition  to  time-based  digital  journal  subscription 
agreements ($0.38 per share); lower restructuring charges in the current year ($0.17 per share); one-time tax 
benefits  ($0.12  per  share);  and  favorable  employment  cost  reductions.  The  favorable  employment  cost 
reductions include the benefit for changes in the Company’s retiree and long-term disability health plans ($0.07 
per share) and a life insurance recovery in the current year ($0.02 per share) and a disability settlement charge 
in the prior year ($0.03 per share). 

BUSINESS SEGMENT RESULTS: 

Effective  August  1,  2016,  the  Company  completed  a  number  of  changes  to  its  organizational  structure  that 
resulted  in  a  change  in  how  the  Company  manages  its  businesses,  allocates  resources  and  measures 
performance. As a result, the Company has revised its segments into three new reporting segments to reflect 
how  management  currently  reviews  financial  information  and  makes  operating  decisions.  All  prior  period 
amounts  have  been  adjusted  to  reflect  the  new  reporting  segment  change.  The  new  reporting  structure  is 
comprised  of  Research  (Journals  and  related  content  and  services),  Publishing  (Books  and  related  content, 
Course Workflow, and Test Preparation) and Solutions (Online Program Management, Corporate Learning, and 
Professional Assessment). 

- 30 - 

 
 
 
RESEARCH: 
Revenue: 
Journal Subscriptions 
Author-Funded Access 
Licensing, Reprints, Backfiles, and Other 

Total Journal Revenue 

Platform Services (Atypon) 

Total Revenue 

Cost of Sales 

Gross Profit 

Gross Profit Margin 

Direct Expenses 
Amortization of Intangibles 
Allocated Shared Services  
Restructuring Charges (See Note 6) 

Contribution to Profit 
Contribution Margin 

2017 

2016 

% change 
% change  w/o FX (a) 

$639,720 
30,633
164,070
$834,423 

$622,305  
25,671 
178,802 
$826,778  

19,066

- 

$853,489 

$826,778  

(219,773)

(214,972) 

$633,716 
74.3%

$611,806  
74.0% 

     (208,148)      (200,600) 
     (26,133)        (24,725) 
   (145,258)      (131,389) 
     (1,949)          (2,982) 

$252,228
29.6%

$252,110  
30.5% 

3% 
19% 
-8% 
1% 

3% 

2% 

4% 

4% 
6% 
11% 

6%
26%
-3%
4%

7%

6%

7%

9%
13%
13%

0% 

2%

(a)  Adjusted to exclude the fiscal year 2017 and 2016 Restructuring Charges  

Revenue: 

Research revenue for fiscal year 2017 increased 3% to $853.5 million, or 7% excluding the unfavorable impact 
of  foreign  exchange.    The  increase  was  mainly  driven  by  Journal  Subscriptions  ($35  million);  incremental 
revenue  from  the  recent  acquisition  of  Atypon  ($19  million);  and  Author-Funded  Access  growth  ($7  million), 
partially offset by the unfavorable impact of foreign exchange ($28 million) and a decline in Licensing, Reprints, 
Backfiles and Other ($6 million). 

As previously announced, the Company transitioned from issue-based to time-based digital journal subscription 
agreements for calendar year 2016.  The transition to time-based digital journal subscription agreements shifted 
revenue  from  fiscal  year  2016  to  the  remainder  of  calendar  year  2016  (fiscal  year  2017),  which  resulted  in  a 
favorable  impact  on  revenue  of  approximately  $34  million  in  fiscal  year  2017.    The  change  had  no  impact  on 
free  cash  flow.  The  Company  made  these  changes  to  simplify  the  contracting  and  administration  of  digital 
journal subscriptions. 

The  increase  in  Journal  Subscription  revenue  was  driven  by  the  transition  to  time-based  digital  journal 
subscriptions ($34 million) and growth due to new titles ($1 million), partially offset by the unfavorable impact of 
foreign  exchange  translation  ($18  million).    Excluding  the  transition  to  time-based  revenue  and  the  impact  of 
foreign  exchange,  journal  subscription  revenue  was  consistent  with  the  prior  period.  As  of  April  30,  2017, 
calendar  year  2017  journal  subscription  renewals  were  1%  higher  than  calendar  year  2016  on  a  currency 
neutral basis with approximately 97% of targeted business under contract. 

Author-Funded  Access  growth  was  driven  by  new  titles  and  increased  business  ($7  million)  with  particularly 
strong growth associated with the Journal of the American Heart Association, partially offset by the unfavorable 
impact of foreign exchange translation ($2 million).  The decrease in Licensing, Reprints, Backfiles, and Other 

- 31 - 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
was driven by a large backfile sale in the prior year ($10 million) and the unfavorable impact of foreign exchange 
translation ($9 million), partially offset by higher revenue from the licensing of intellectual content ($4 million). 

Platform Services ($19 million) reflects revenue from the Company’s recent acquisition of Atypon which closed 
on September 30, 2016.  Platform Services includes publishing-software and services that enable scholarly and 
professional societies and publishers to deliver, host, enhance, market and manage their content on the web.  In 
addition to providing its customers with dedicated technology resources, Atypon provides subscription licenses 
to  its  platform,  Literatum,  through  contracts  over  one  to  five  years  in  duration.  Revenue  is  recognized  evenly 
over the subscription period. 

Revenue by Region is as follows: 

Revenue by Region: 

Americas 
EMEA 
Asia-Pacific 

Total Revenue 

Cost of Sales: 

2017 

2016 

% of 
Revenue 

% change 
w/o FX 

$358,528 
457,274 
37,687 
 $853,489 

$317,100
472,139
37,539
$826,778

42% 
54% 
4% 
100% 

14%
2%
-2%
7%

Cost  of  Sales  for  fiscal  year  2017  increased  2%  to  $219.8  million,  or  6%  excluding  the  favorable  impact  of 
foreign exchange.  The increase was mainly driven by incremental costs associated with the Atypon acquisition 
($8 million); higher royalty costs due to the transition to time-based digital journal subscription agreements ($5 
million)  and  society  title  growth  ($4  million),  partially  offset  by  the  favorable  impact  of  foreign  exchange 
translation ($9 million); lower inventory costs due to print run efficiency initiatives and increased digital products 
($2 million); and other ($1 million), mainly product mix. 

Gross Profit: 

Gross Profit Margin increased 30 basis points to 74.3% in fiscal year 2017 due to favorable foreign exchange 
translation (20 basis points); lower journal production costs; and product mix. 

Direct Expenses and Amortization: 

Direct Expenses for fiscal year 2017 increased 4% to $208.1 million, or 9% excluding the favorable impact of 
foreign exchange.  The increase was mainly driven by incremental costs associated with the Atypon acquisition 
($10 million); higher content-related costs to support business growth ($4 million); and higher employment costs 
($3 million), mainly merit increases and headcount, partially offset by the favorable impact of foreign exchange 
translation ($10 million).  Amortization of Intangibles in fiscal year 2017 increased 6% to $26.1 million, or 13% 
excluding  the  favorable  impact  of  foreign  exchange.  Higher  amortization  due  to  the  Atypon  acquisition  ($1 
million)  and  acquired  publication  rights  ($2  million)  were  partially  offset  by  the  favorable  impact  of  foreign 
exchange ($2 million). 

Contribution to Profit: 

Contribution  to  Profit  for  fiscal  year  2017  of  $252.2  million  was  flat  with  the  prior  year,  but  increased  2% 
excluding  the  unfavorable  impact  of  foreign  exchange  and  Restructuring  Charges.  Higher  revenue  and  lower 
Restructuring  Charges  were  offset  by  higher  direct  expenses;  allocated  shared  services  costs  and  the 
unfavorable impact of foreign exchange translation ($5 million). The increase in allocated shared service costs 

- 32 - 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
principally  reflect  higher  technology  costs  to  support  new  business  growth.    Contribution  Margin  was  29.6% 
compared to 30.5% in the prior year period. 

Society Partnerships 

For calendar year 2017, 6 new society contracts were signed with combined annual revenue of approximately 
$9  million  and  15  society  contracts  were  not  renewed  with  combined  annual  revenue  of  approximately  $9 
million.  

Journal Impact Index 

In  July  2016,  Wiley  announced  an  increase  in  impact  factors  across  more  than  half  of  its  indexed  titles. 
According to the 2015 Journal Citation Reports (“JCR”), recently released by Thomson Reuters, 58% of Wiley 
journals increased their impact factor from 2014 to 2015.  Wiley had 1,204 journals indexed (73% of the Wiley 
portfolio), an increase on the previous year, with 11 Wiley titles receiving their first impact factor in this year’s 
JCR  release.  In  addition,  26  Wiley  journals  achieved  a  top-category  rank,  including  CA-A  Cancer  Journal  for 
Clinicians (Impact Factor of 131.7, ranked #1 in Oncology), World Psychiatry (Impact Factor of 20.2, ranked #1 
in Psychiatry – an increase of 42% on last year) and Biological Reviews (Impact Factor of 10.7, ranked #1 in 
Biology).  The Thomson Reuters index is a barometer of journal influence across the research community. 

Atypon Acquisition 

On  September  30,  2016,  the  Company  acquired  the  net  assets  of  Atypon  Systems,  Inc.  (“Atypon”),  a  Silicon 
Valley-based publishing-software company, for approximately $121 million in cash, net of cash acquired. Atypon 
is a publishing software and service provider that enables scholarly and professional societies and publishers to 
deliver, host, enhance, market and manage their content on the web. Atypon is headquartered in Santa Clara, 
CA, with approximately 260 employees in the U.S. and EMEA. Atypon provides services through Literatum, an 
innovative platform that primarily serves the scientific, technical, medical and scholarly industry. This software 
gives publishers direct control over how their content is displayed, promoted and monetized on the web. Atypon 
generated  over  $31  million  in  calendar  year  2015  revenue.  Literatum  hosts  nearly  9,000  journals,  13  million 
journal articles and more than 1,800 publication web sites for over 1,500 societies and publishers, accounting 
for  a  third  of  the  world’s  English-language  scholarly  journal  articles.    The  Literatum  platform  will  accelerate 
Wiley’s  technology  roadmap  and  replace  Wiley  Online  Library,  the  Company’s  current  online  publishing 
platform, starting in calendar year 2018. 

- 33 - 

 
 
PUBLISHING: 
Revenue: 
STM and Professional Publishing 
Education Publishing 

Total Books and Reference Material   

Course Workflow (WileyPLUS) 
Online Test Preparation and Certification  
Licensing, Distribution, Advertising and Other 

Total Revenue 

Cost of Sales 

Gross Profit 

Gross Profit Margin 

Direct Expenses 
Amortization of Intangibles 
Allocated Shared Services  
Restructuring Charges (see Note 6) 

Contribution to Profit  
Contribution Margin  

2017 

2016 

$291,255
196,343
$487,598

$330,984 
229,989 
$560,973 

62,348
35,609
47,894

58,519 
28,115 
48,121 

$633,449

$695,728 

(194,837)

(215,150) 

$438,612
69.2%

$480,578 
69.1% 

(142,039)
(9,803)
(159,471)
(1,596)

(159,768) 
(11,338) 
(178,907) 
(4,507) 

$125,703
19.8%

$126,058 
18.1% 

  % change 
% change  w/o FX (a) 

-12% 
-15% 
-13% 

7% 
27% 
-% 

-9% 

-9% 

-9% 

-11% 
-14% 
-11% 

-9%
-13%
-11%

7%
27%
3%

-7%

-7%

-7%

-9%
-10%
-9%

0% 

0%

(a)  Adjusted to exclude the fiscal year 2017 and 2016 Restructuring Charges  

Revenue: 

Publishing revenue for fiscal year 2017 decreased 9% to $633.4 million, or 7% excluding the unfavorable impact 
of  foreign  exchange.    The  decline  was  driven  by  lower  Books  and  Reference  Materials  ($61  million)  and  the 
unfavorable impact of foreign exchange translation ($14 million), partially offset by growth in Course Workflow 
($4 million); Online Test Preparation and Certification ($8 million); and Licensing, Distribution, Advertising and 
Other ($2 million). 

The  decline  in  Books  and  Reference  Materials  was  mainly  driven  by  softness  in  the  book  market;  title 
reductions; and the impact of a large digital book sale in the prior year ($4 million).  Education books continue to 
be impacted by rental and other market forces, while STM and Professional Books also saw a continued decline 
in demand for print books.  Growth in Course Workflow reflected continued focus on digital course workflow with 
particular growth in accounting courses.  Online Test Preparation and Certification growth was mainly driven by 
proprietary sales of the Company’s new college entrance examination ACT test preparation products and other 
professional  test  certification  products.  Licensing,  Distribution,  Advertising  and  Other  growth  was  principally 
driven by licensing of intellectual property rights. 

Revenue by Region is as follows: 

Revenue by Region: 

Americas 
EMEA 
Asia-Pacific 

Total Revenue 

2017 

2016 

% of 
Revenue 

% change 
w/o FX 

 $417,325 
129,603 
86,521 
 $633,449 

   $446,335 
   158,925 
      90,468 
   $695,728 

66% 
20% 
14% 
100% 

-6% 
-9% 
-5% 
-7% 

- 34 - 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Cost of Sales: 

Cost  of  Sales  for  fiscal  year  2017  decreased  9%  to  $194.8  million,  or  7%  excluding  the  favorable  impact  of 
foreign  exchange.    The  decrease  was  mainly  driven  by  lower  sales  volume  and  favorable  foreign  exchange 
translation ($5 million). 

Gross Profit: 

Gross Profit Margin was 69.2% in fiscal year 2017 and consistent with the prior year period. 

Direct Expenses and Amortization: 

Direct Expenses for fiscal year 2017 decreased 11% to $142.0 million, or 9% excluding the favorable impact of 
foreign exchange.  The reduction was driven by restructuring and other cost savings ($18 million) and favorable 
foreign exchange translation ($3 million), partially offset by merit increases ($1 million); higher accrued incentive 
compensation ($1 million); and higher employee benefit costs ($1 million). Amortization of Intangibles decreased 
$1.5  million  to  $9.8  million  in  fiscal  year  2017  mainly  due  to  fully  amortized  acquired  publishing  rights  and 
favorable foreign exchange translation. 

Contribution to Profit: 

Contribution to Profit was $125.7 million in fiscal year 2017 and flat with the prior year period, both including and 
excluding  the  impact  of  foreign  exchange  and  Restructuring  Charges.    Lower  print  book  revenue  and  the 
unfavorable  impact  of  foreign  exchange  translation  ($3  million)  were  offset  by  restructuring  and  other  cost 
savings; lower allocated distribution and occupancy shared service costs and lower Restructuring Charges.  The 
reduction in allocated shared service costs reflects lower distribution costs due to volume and lower occupancy 
costs due to restructuring savings.  Contribution Margin was 19.8% compared to 18.1% in the prior year.   

Collaborations:   

In  August,  Wiley  announced  a publishing  agreement  with  Amazon  Web  Services  (AWS)  to  introduce  official 
study  guide  learning  tools  for  the AWS  Certification  Program. The  AWS  Certification  Program  recognizes  IT 
professionals  that  possess  the  skills  and  technical  knowledge  necessary  for  building  and  maintaining 
applications and services on the AWS Cloud. To earn an AWS Certification, individuals must demonstrate their 
proficiency in a particular area by passing an AWS Certification Exam.  

- 35 - 

 
 
SOLUTIONS: 
Revenue: 
Online Program Management 
Professional Assessment 
Corporate Learning 

Total Revenue  

Cost of Sales 

Gross Profit 

Gross Profit Margin 

Direct Expenses 
Amortization of Intangibles 
Allocated Shared Services  
Restructuring Charges (see Note 6)  

Contribution to Profit   
Contribution Margin 

  2017 

  2016 

$111,638
59,868
60,086

$96,469
57,370
50,692

$231,592

$204,531

(46,146)

(36,055)

$185,446
80.1%

(122,253)
(13,733)
(32,851)
(1,787)

$14,822
6.4%

$168,476
82.4%

(116,758)
(13,701)
(32,983)
(1,042)

$3,992
2.0%

% change 
% change  w/o FX (a) 

16% 
4% 
19% 

13% 

28% 

10% 

5% 
-% 
-% 

16%
5%
20%

14%

29%

10%

5%
1%
-%

271% 

224%

(a)  Adjusted to exclude the fiscal year 2017 and 2016 Restructuring Charges 

Revenue: 

Solutions  revenue  for  fiscal  year  2017  increased  13%  to  $231.6  million,  or  14%  excluding  the  unfavorable 
impact of foreign exchange. 

Growth  in  Online  Program  Management  ($15  million)  primarily  reflects  increased  partners;  new  revenue 
generating programs; higher enrollments; and other related service revenue. As of April 30, 2017, Wiley had 39 
university partners and 250 degree programs under contract compared to 38 university partners and 226 degree 
programs  as  of  April  30,  2016.  During  fiscal  year  2017,  Wiley  signed  several  new  partners  including  George 
Mason University; Seton Hall University; St. John’s University; and the Vlerick Business School in Belgium.  

Professional Assessment revenue growth ($3 million) was driven by increased post-hire assessment and retail 
revenue ($4 million), partially offset by a decline in pre-hire assessment revenue ($1 million) following portfolio 
actions to optimize longer-term profitable growth. 

The increase in Corporate Learning ($9 million) reflected growth from existing customers in the core e-learning 
business, primarily in Europe. 

Revenue by Region is as follows: 

Revenue by Region: 

Americas 
EMEA 
Asia-Pacific 

Total Revenue 

2017 

2016 

% of 
Revenue 

% change 
w/o FX 

 $169,762 
61,788 
 42 
 $231,592 

   $153,326 
      51,157 
              48 
   $204,531 

73% 
27% 
-% 
100% 

11% 
22% 
-14% 
14% 

- 36 - 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Cost of Sales: 

Cost of Sales for the fiscal year 2017 increased 28% to $46.1 million, or 29% excluding the favorable effect of 
foreign exchange. The increase was mainly due to higher sales volume ($5 million), higher employment costs in 
Online  Program  Management  ($3  million)  and  higher  content  development  costs  in  Corporate  Learning  ($4 
million)  to  support  business  growth,  partially  offset  by  other  ($2  million),  mainly  restructuring  and  other  cost 
savings. 

Gross Profit: 

Gross Profit Margin for fiscal year 2017 declined 230 basis points to 80.1% principally due to higher content and 
employment costs to support new business growth in Corporate Learning and Online Program Management. 

Direct Expenses and Amortization: 

Direct Expenses increased 5% to $122.3 million in fiscal year 2017. The increase was mainly driven by higher 
employment  costs  to  support  business  growth  in  Corporate  Learning  and  Online  Program  Management  ($4 
million);  higher  professional  fees  ($1  million);  and  other  ($2  million),  mainly  conference  sponsorship  costs, 
partially  offset  by  lower  advertising  spend  due  to  timing  and  efficiencies  achieved  in  Online  Program 
Management ($2 million). Amortization of Intangibles of $13.7 million was consistent with the prior year. 

Contribution to Profit: 

Contribution  to  Profit  was  $14.8  million  in  fiscal  year  2017  compared  to  $4.0  million  in  the  prior  year.  The 
improvement  was  mainly  driven  by  revenue  growth  in  all  areas,  partially  offset  by  investment  to  support  new 
business  growth  in  Online  Program  Management  and  Corporate  Learning.  Contribution  Margin  was  6.4% 
compared to 2.0% in the prior year period. 

Ranku acquisition: 

In September 2016, Wiley acquired Ranku, a recruitment technology and predictive analytics software company 
for universities, community colleges and state systems for $5 million. Ranku has been a partner to more than 
1,000  online  degree  programs  at  the  undergraduate  and  graduate  level.  Ranku  also  offers  tech-enabled 
reporting that helps universities forecast what curriculum to develop based on real-time consumer demand and 
the needs of the labor market. Ranku plays a critical role in supporting enrollment growth and market research 
at its partner institutions. 

Collaborations: 

CrossKnowledge is partnering with O’Reilly Media’s PubFactory to provide organizations with a curated solution 
to  access  the  very  best  library  of  world  class  IT  and  business  information  published  by  Wiley  brands  and 
imprints.  Used  in  combination  with  other  CrossKnowledge  learning  formats,  OpenBooks  creates  customized 
training paths and allows employees to search and instantly find relevant sections to answer their technical or 
business questions. 

- 37 - 

 
 
SHARED SERVICES AND ADMINISTRATIVE COSTS: 

Dollars in thousands 

2017 

2016 

% Change 

Distribution and Operation Services 
Technology and Content Management  
Finance 
Other Administration 
One-time Pension Settlement (see Note 15) 
Restructuring Charges (see Note 6) 

 $75,806 
266,801  
47,049 
 117,659  
8,842 
8,023  

 $80,043 
258,641  
46,759  
131,803 
- 
20,080  

-5% 
3% 
1% 
-11% 

% Change 
w/o FX (a) 

-1% 
5% 
3% 
-9% 

Total 

 $524,180  

$537,326  

-2% 

2% 

(a)  Adjusted to exclude the fiscal year 2017 and 2016 Restructuring Charges and the fiscal year 2017 Pension 
Settlement 

Shared  Services  and  Administrative Costs  for  fiscal year  2017,  which  included  a  one-time pension settlement 
adjustment ($9 million) recorded in fiscal year 2017, decreased 2% to $524.2 million but increased 2% excluding 
the  favorable  impact  of  foreign  exchange.  The  Company  announced  a  voluntary,  limited-time  opportunity  for 
terminated vested employees who were participants in the U.S. defined benefit retirement plan to elect a single 
lump sum payment of accumulated benefits. The aggregate amount of payments under this one time election 
was $28.3 million, which was paid from Pension Plan assets in October 2016. 

The favorable impact of foreign exchange translation decreased Shared Services and Administrative Costs by 
$11 million. The decrease in Distribution and Operation Services costs reflects lower shipping costs ($2 million) 
on  reduced  print  book  volumes  and  continued  conversion  to  digital  journals,  mostly  offset  by  higher  process 
consulting fees ($1 million). Technology and Content Management increased mainly due to higher spending for 
the  Company’s  ERP  and  related  systems  ($6  million);  incremental  Atypon  costs  ($1  million);  higher  system 
development  costs  and  related  depreciation  ($6  million);  higher  license,  maintenance  and  hosting  costs  ($3 
million); partially offset by restructuring and other cost savings ($4 million). Finance costs increased mainly due 
to tax consulting and professional fees. Other Administration Costs decreased mainly due to one-time benefits 
related  to changes  in  the Company’s  retiree  and  long-term disability  health plans  ($4  million); a  life  insurance 
recovery settlement in the current year ($2 million); a disability settlement charge in the prior year ($2 million); 
lower  accrued  incentives  compensation  ($3  million);  and  higher  legal  provisions  in  the  prior  year  ($2  million); 
partially offset by higher consulting costs ($1 million). 

The  Company  uses  occupied  square  footage  of  space;  number  of  employees;  units  shipped;  specific 
identification/activity-based;  gross  profit;  revenue  and  number  of  invoices  to  allocate  shared  service  costs  to 
each business segment. 

LIQUIDITY AND CAPITAL RESOURCES:  

The Company’s Cash and Cash Equivalents balance was $58.5 million at the end of fiscal year 2017, compared 
with  $363.8  million  a  year  earlier.  Cash  Provided  by  Operating  Activities  in  fiscal  year  2017  decreased  $35.5 
million  from  fiscal  year  2016  to  $314.5  million  principally  due  to  lower  accounts  and  royalties  payable  ($24 
million)  due  to  the  timing  of  vendor  payments;  higher  accounts  receivable  ($15  million)  due  to  the  timing  of 
customer payments; higher incentive compensation payments ($5 million); and higher employee retirement plan 
contributions ($5 million), partially offset by lower payments related to the Company’s restructuring programs ($7 
million) lower income tax payments ($5 million); and other working capital changes. 

- 38 - 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
The Company’s working capital can be negative due to the seasonality of its businesses. The primary driver of 
the  negative  working  capital  is  unearned  deferred  revenue  related  to  subscriptions  for  which  cash  has  been 
collected  in  advance.  Cash  received  in  advance  for  subscriptions  is  used  by  the  Company  for  a  number  of 
purposes  including  acquisitions;  debt  repayments;  funding  operations;  dividend  payments;  and  purchasing 
treasury shares.  The deferred  revenue will  be recognized  as  income when  the  products  are  shipped  or made 
available online to the customers over the term of the subscription. Current liabilities as of April 30, 2017 include 
$436.2 million of such deferred subscription revenue for which cash was collected in advance. 

Cash Used for Investing Activities in fiscal year 2017 was $242.6 million compared to $151.4 million in the prior 
year. In fiscal year 2017, the Company invested $154.8 million in acquisitions, compared to $20.4 million in the 
prior year. Fiscal year 2017 includes the acquisitions of Atypon ($121 million) and Ranku ($5 million), net of cash 
acquired. Other acquisitions in both periods reflect the acquisition of publication rights for society journals.  

Book Composition and Other Product Development Spending was $37.6 million in fiscal year 2017 compared to 
$37.3  million  in  the  prior  year.  Cash  used  for  technology,  property  and  equipment  was  $110.7  million  in  fiscal 
year 2017 compared to $93.7 million in the prior year.  The increase mainly reflects capital spending related to 
the renovation of the Company’s headquarters ($21 million) and increased spend on ERP and related systems 
($1 million), partially offset by lower capital spending on other computer software ($9 million).   

In  fiscal  year  2017,  the  Company  received  $60.4  million  in  proceeds  related  to  the  settlement  of  a  foreign 
exchange forward contract that was entered into in fiscal year 2016 to manage foreign currency exposures on 
intercompany loans. Prior to its settlement, the notional amount of the foreign exchange forward contract was 
274 million pounds sterling. 

Projected capital spending for Technology, Property and Equipment and Book Composition and Other Product 
Development  Spending  for  fiscal  year  2018  is  forecast  to  be  approximately  $110  million  and  $40  million, 
respectively. Projected spending for author advances, which is classified as an operating activity, is forecast to 
be approximately $110 million for fiscal year 2018. 

As  discussed  in  more  detail  in  Note  11  “Income  Taxes”,  in  fiscal  year  2017,  the  Company  received  an 
unfavorable decision from the German Federal Fiscal Court that resulted in the forfeiture of cumulative deposits 
made  by  the  Company  to  German  tax  authorities  of  approximately  56.6  million  euros  (approximately  $61.7 
million).  The  deposits  were  included  in  the  Income  Tax  Deposits  line  item  in  the  Consolidated  Statements  of 
Financial Position and are no longer reimbursable to the Company. 

Cash Used for Financing Activities was $346.2 million in fiscal year 2017 compared to $285.7 million in the prior 
year. During fiscal year 2017, net debt repayments were $240.0 million compared to $145.1 million in the prior 
year.  The Company’s net debt (debt less cash and cash equivalents) increased $65.3 million from the prior year 
to $306.5 million.  

During  fiscal  year  2017,  the  Company  repurchased  953,188  shares  of  common  stock  at  an  average  price  of 
$52.80 compared to 1,432,284 shares at an average price of $48.86 in the prior year. As of April 30, 2017, the 
Company has authorization from its Board of Directors to purchase up to 3,793,648 additional shares. In fiscal 
year 2017, the Company increased its quarterly dividend to shareholders by 3% to $0.31 per share versus $0.30 
per share in the prior year. Higher proceeds from the exercise of stock options mainly reflected a higher volume 
of stock option exercises in fiscal year 2017 compared to the prior year. 

- 39 - 

Cash  and  Cash  Equivalents  held  outside  the  U.S.  were  approximately  $48  million  as  of  April  30,  2017.  The 
balances in equivalent U.S. dollars were comprised primarily of pound sterling ($4 million), euros ($16 million), 
Singapore dollars ($3 million), Australian dollars ($5 million), and other ($20 million). Maintenance of these cash 
and  cash  equivalent  balances  outside  the  U.S.  does  not  have  a  material  impact  on  the  liquidity  or  capital 
resources of the Company’s global, including U.S., operations. Cash and cash equivalent balances outside the 
U.S.  may  be  subject  to  U.S.  taxation,  if  repatriated.  The  Company  intends  to  reinvest  cash  outside  the  U.S. 
except in instances where repatriating such earnings would result in no additional income tax.  Accordingly, the 
Company has not accrued for U.S. income tax on the repatriation of non-U.S. earnings. If such earnings were 
repatriated, the Company estimates that the U.S. income tax liability could range from less than $1 million to as 
much as $20 million. 

As of April 30, 2017, the Company had approximately $365 million of debt outstanding and approximately $742 
million of unused borrowing capacity under its Revolving Credit and other facilities. The Company believes that 
its  operating  cash  flow,  together  with  its  revolving  credit  facilities  and  other  available  debt  financing,  will  be 
adequate to meet its operating, investing and financing needs in the foreseeable future, although there can be no 
assurance that continued or increased volatility in the global capital and credit markets will not impair its ability to 
access  these  markets  on  terms  commercially  acceptable.  The  Company  does  not  have  any  off-balance-sheet 
debt. 

FISCAL YEAR 2016 SUMMARY RESULTS 

Revenue: 

Revenue  for  fiscal  year  2016  decreased  5%  to  $1,727.0  million,  or  2%  excluding  the  unfavorable  impact  of 
foreign exchange.  The decrease was mainly driven by a decline in print books ($44 million) and the previously 
announced transition to time-based digital journal subscription agreements for calendar year 2016 ($37 million), 
partially  offset  by  growth  in  Online  Program  Management  (Deltak)  ($14  million);  Corporate  Learning 
(CrossKnowledge)  ($13  million);  online  test  preparation  and  certification  ($6  million);  new  product  formats  in 
Education ($6 million); digital books ($4 million) and other ($4 million). 

As previously announced the Company transitioned from issue-based to time-based digital journal subscription 
agreements for calendar year 2016. The transition to time-based digital journal subscription agreements shifted 
approximately $37 million of revenue from fiscal year 2016 to the remainder of calendar year 2016 (fiscal year 
2017).  The  change  had  no  impact  on  free  cash  flow.  The  Company  made  these  changes  to  simplify  the 
contracting and administration of digital journal subscriptions.  

Cost of Sales and Gross Profit: 

Cost  of  sales  for  fiscal  year  2016  decreased  7%  to  $465.9  million,  or  4%  excluding  the  favorable  impact  of 
foreign  exchange.  The  decrease  was  mainly  driven  by  lower  sales  volume  ($8  million);  cost  savings  from 
outsourcing and procurement initiatives and lower cost digital products ($13 million); lower royalty cost due to 
the  transition  to  time-based  digital  journal  subscription  agreements  ($5  million)  and  other  ($4  million),  mainly 
lower composition costs, partially offset by higher royalty rates on society owned journals ($5 million); growth in 
Corporate Learning (CrossKnowledge) ($4 million) and Online Program Management (Deltak) ($2 million). 

Gross profit margin for fiscal year 2016 increased 40 basis points to 73.0% mainly driven by growth in higher 
margin  digital  products  (70  basis  points),  partially  offset  by  the  impact  of  transitioning  to  time-based  digital 
journal subscription agreements. 

- 40 - 

 
 
 
Operating and Administrative Expenses: 

Operating  and  administrative  expense  for  fiscal  year  2016  decreased 1%  to  $994.6  million,  but  increased  2% 
excluding the favorable impact of foreign exchange.  The increase reflects higher student recruitment costs to 
support new Online Program Management (Deltak) programs ($14 million); investment in the Company’s ERP 
and  related  systems  ($13  million)  and  other  technology  development  and  maintenance  ($17  million);  higher 
employment  costs  ($13  million),  mainly  merit  increases  and  higher  accrued  variable  incentive  compensation; 
investments  in  Corporate  Learning  (CrossKnowledge)  ($11  million);  and  higher  process  reengineering 
consulting ($4 million) and legal costs ($4 million).  Restructuring and other cost savings initiatives ($41 million); 
synergies from the Talent Solution-Assessment business ($6 million); and lower distribution costs due to lower 
sales volumes of print books and journals ($2 million) partially offset the cost increases.  

Restructuring Charges: 

Beginning in fiscal year 2013, the Company initiated a program (the “Restructuring and Reinvestment Program”) 
to restructure and realign its cost base with current and anticipated future market conditions. The Company is 
targeting a majority of the cost savings achieved to improve margins and earnings, while the remainder will be 
reinvested in high growth digital business opportunities.  

In fiscal years 2016 and 2015, the Company recorded pre-tax restructuring charges of $28.6 million ($0.32 per 
share) and $28.8 million ($0.34 per share), respectively, related to this program. These charges are reflected in 
Restructuring  Charges  in  the  Consolidated  Statements  of  Income  and  summarized  in  the  following  table  (in 
thousands): 

2016 

2015 

Total Charges 
Incurred to Date 

Charges by Segment: 

Research 
Publishing 
Solutions 

   Shared Services 
Total Restructuring Charges 

Charges (Credits) by Activity: 
   Severance 
   Process reengineering consulting 
   Other activities 
Total Restructuring Charges 

$2,982 
4,507 
1,042 
20,080 
$28,611 

$16,443 
7,191 
4,977 
$28,611 

$4,555 
5,956 
- 
18,293 
$28,804 

$17,093 
301 
11,410 
$28,804 

$18,207 
30,616 
1,042 
74,724 
$124,589 

$79,204 
18,666 
26,719 
$124,589 

Other  Activities  reflects  leased  facility  consolidations,  contract  termination  costs  and  the  curtailment  of  certain 
defined benefit pension plans.  

Amortization of Intangibles: 

Amortization  of  intangibles  decreased  $1.5  million  in  fiscal  year  2016  mainly  due  to  the  effect  of  foreign 
exchange. 

Interest Expense/Income, Foreign Exchange and Other: 

Interest  expense  for  fiscal  year  2016  decreased  $0.4  million  to  $16.7  million  due  to  a  decrease  in  the 
Company’s  average  borrowing  rate  from  2.1%  to  2.0%,  partially  offset  by  higher  average  debt  balances 
outstanding.  Foreign exchange transaction gains decreased from $1.7 million to $0.5 million in fiscal year 2016.   

- 41 - 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Provision for Income Taxes: 

The effective tax rate for fiscal year 2016 was 16.6% compared to 21.6% in the prior year.  In fiscal year 2016, 
the Company recorded non-cash deferred tax benefits of $5.9 million ($0.10 per share), principally associated 
with new tax legislation enacted in the United Kingdom (“U.K.”) that reduced the future U.K. statutory income tax 
rates  by  2%.  The  benefits  reflect  the  remeasurement  of  all  applicable  U.K.  deferred  tax  balances  to  the  new 
income  tax  rates  of  19%  effective  April  1,  2017  and  18%  effective  April  1,  2020.    In  fiscal  year  2015,  the 
Company  recognized  a  non-recurring  tax  benefit  of  $3.1  million  ($0.05  per  share)  related  to  tax  deductions 
claimed on the write-up of certain foreign tax assets to fair market value. Excluding the impact of the tax benefits 
described  above,  the  Company’s  effective  tax  rate  decreased  from  22.9%  to  19.9%  principally  due  to  lower 
foreign tax rates, a tax reserve release and a lower proportion of income from the U.S. at higher tax rates. 

Earnings Per Share: 

Earnings  per  diluted  share  for  fiscal  year  2016  decreased  $0.49  per  share  to  $2.48  per  share,  or  $0.43  per 
share excluding the current ($0.32 per share) and prior year ($0.34 per share) restructuring charges, the current 
year  deferred  tax  benefit  on  the  U.K.  rate  change  ($0.10  per  share),  the  prior  year  non-recurring  tax  benefit 
($0.05 per share) and the unfavorable impact of foreign exchange ($0.13 per share).  The decline was mainly 
driven by the transition to time-based digital journal subscription agreements ($0.42 per share); investments in 
the  Company’s  ERP  and  related  systems,  Online  Program  Management  (Deltak)  and  Corporate  Learning 
(CrossKnowledge), partially offset by restructuring and other cost savings initiatives. 

BUSINESS SEGMENT RESULTS: 

Effective  August  1,  2016,  the  Company  completed  a  number  of  changes  to  its  organizational  structure  that 
resulted  in  a  change  in  how  the  Company  manages  its  businesses,  allocates  resources  and  measures 
performance. As a result, the Company has revised its segments into three new reporting segments to reflect 
how  management  currently  reviews  financial  information  and  makes  operating  decisions.  All  prior  period 
amounts  have  been  adjusted  to  reflect  the  new  reporting  segment  change.  The  new  reporting  structure  is 
comprised of Research (Journals, related content and services), Publishing (Books and related content, Course 
Workflow,  and  Test  Preparation)  and  Solutions  (Online  Program  Management,  Corporate  Learning,  and 
Professional Assessment). 

- 42 - 

 
 
RESEARCH: 
Revenue: 
Journal Subscriptions 
Author-Funded Access 
Licensing, Reprints, Backfiles, and Other 

Total Revenue 

Cost of Sales 

Gross Profit 

Gross Profit Margin 

Direct Expenses 
Amortization of Intangibles 
Allocated Shared Services  
Restructuring Charges (See Note 6) 

Contribution to Profit 
Contribution Margin 

2016 

2015 

% change 
% change  w/o FX (a) 

$622,305 
25,671
178,802

$682,692  
22,388 
189,610 

$826,778 

$894,690  

(214,972)

(226,439) 

$611,806 
74.0%

$668,251  
74.7% 

     (200,600)      (203,738) 
       (24,725)        (25,104) 
     (131,389)      (132,725) 
         (2,982)          (4,555) 

$252,110 
30.5%

$302,129  
33.8% 

-9%
15%
-6%

-8%

-5%

-8%

-2%
-2%
-1%
-35%

-17%

-5%
21%
-1%

-4%

-1%

-5%

3%
-4%
2%
-35%

-13%

(a)  Adjusted to exclude the fiscal year 2016 and 2015 Restructuring Charges  

Revenue: 

Research revenue for fiscal year 2016 decreased 8% to $826.8 million, or 4% excluding the unfavorable impact 
of foreign exchange. As previously announced, the Company transitioned from issue-based to time-based digital 
journal  subscription  agreements  for  calendar  year  2016.  The  change  shifted  approximately  $37  million  of 
revenue  from  fiscal  year  2016  to  the remainder of  calendar  year 2016  (fiscal  year 2017).  The change  had  no 
impact on free cash flow. The Company made these changes to simplify the contracting and administration of 
digital  journal  subscriptions.  Excluding  the  impact  of  the  transition  to  time-based  subscriptions  and  foreign 
exchange, Research revenue was flat with the prior year. 

Journal Subscriptions revenue decreased 5% on a currency neutral basis mainly due the impact of moving to 
time-based digital journal subscriptions ($37 million) and the trailing effects of the Swets bankruptcy ($3 million).  
As  previously  disclosed,  Swets  Information  Services,  a  global  library  subscription  agent  based  in  Amsterdam, 
declared  bankruptcy  in  late  September  2014.  Excluding  the  impact  of  transitioning  to  time-based  journal 
subscription agreements and foreign exchange, Journal Subscription revenue was flat with the prior year.  As of 
April  30,  2016,  calendar  year  2016  journal  subscription  renewals  were  1%  higher  than  calendar  year  2015 
billings on a constant currency basis with approximately 95% of targeted business under contract for the 2016 
calendar year. 

Author-Funded  Access,  which  represents  article  publication  fees  that  provide  for  free  access  to  articles,  grew 
$3.3 million in fiscal year 2016. Licensing, Reprints, Backfiles and Other revenue of $178.8 million decreased 
1% from the prior year on a constant currency basis. 

Cost of Sales: 

Cost  of  Sales  for  fiscal  year  2016  decreased  5%  to  $215.0  million,  or  1%  excluding  the  favorable  impact  of 
foreign  exchange.  The  decrease  was  mainly  driven  by  lower  royalty  costs  due  to  the  transition  to  time-based 
digital  journal  subscription  agreements  ($5  million)  and  lower  cost  digital  products,  partially  offset  by  higher 
royalty rates on society owned journals ($5 million). 

- 43 - 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Gross Profit: 

Gross  Profit  Margin  decreased  70  basis  points  to  74.0%  in  fiscal  year  2016  mainly  due  to  the  impact  of 
transitioning to time-based digital journal subscription agreements. 

Direct Expenses and Amortization: 

Direct Expenses for fiscal year 2016 decreased 2% to $200.6 million, but increased 3% excluding the favorable 
impact  of  foreign  exchange.    The  increase  was  mainly  driven  by  merit  increases;  higher  legal  and  process 
reengineering  consulting  fees;  and  higher  accrued  incentive  compensation,  partially  offset  by  restructuring 
savings and cost containment initiatives.  Amortization of Intangibles decreased $0.4 million to $24.7 million in 
fiscal year 2016 mainly due to the favorable impact of foreign exchange.   

Contribution to Profit: 

Contribution  to  Profit  for  fiscal  year 2016  decreased  17%  to $252.1  million, or 13% excluding  the unfavorable 
impact of foreign exchange and the current and prior year Restructuring Charges.  The decrease was principally 
driven by the impact of the transition to time-based journal subscriptions; higher royalty rates on society owned 
journals;  and  higher  employment  costs,  partially  offset  by  restructuring  and  other  cost  savings.    Contribution 
Margin was 30.5% compared to 33.8% in the prior year period. 

Society Partnerships 
In  fiscal  year  2016,  6  new  society  journals  were  signed  with  combined  annual  revenue  of  approximately  $12 
million; 87 journals were renewed/extended with approximately $54 million in combined annual revenue; and 18 
journals were not renewed with combined annual revenue of approximately $11 million. 

Journal Impact Index 

In July 2015, Wiley announced a strong performance in the number of its journal titles indexed in the Thomson 
Reuters® 2014 Journal Citation Reports (JCR). A total of 1,200 Wiley titles were indexed, with 24 Wiley journals 
achieving the top rank in their respective categories and 240 achieving a top 10 ranking. The Thomson Reuters 
index is a barometer of journal influence across the research community. 

- 44 - 

 
 
PUBLISHING: 
Revenue: 
STM and Professional Publishing 
Education Publishing 

Total Books and Reference Material   

Course Workflow (WileyPLUS) 
Online Test Preparation and Certification  
Licensing, Distribution, Advertising and Other 

Total Revenue 

Cost of Sales 

Gross Profit 

Gross Profit Margin 

Direct Expenses 
Amortization of Intangibles 
Allocated Shared Services  
Restructuring Charges (see Note 6) 

Contribution to Profit  
Contribution Margin  

  % change 
% change  w/o FX (a) 

2016 

2015 

$330,984
229,989
$560,973

$398,288 
229,245 
$627,533 

58,519
28,115
48,121

54,200 
22,119 
43,253 

$695,728

$747,105 

-17% 
-% 
-11% 

8% 
27% 
11% 

-7% 

(215,150)

(242,604) 

-11% 

$480,578
69.1%

$504,501 
67.5% 

(159,768)
(11,338)
(178,907)
(4,507)

$126,058
18.1%

(193,993) 
(11,823) 
(195,087) 
(5,956) 

$97,642 
13.1% 

-5% 

-18% 
-4% 
-8% 
-24% 

29% 

-14%
4%
-7%

10%
27%
13%

-4%

-9%

-1%

-15%
12%
-6%
-24%

33%

(a)  Adjusted to exclude the fiscal year 2016 and 2015 Restructuring Charges  

Revenue: 

Publishing revenue for fiscal year 2016 decreased 7% to $695.7 million, or 4% excluding the unfavorable impact 
of foreign exchange.  The decrease was driven by a decline in Books and Reference Material, partially offset by 
growth in Online Test Preparation and Certification; Course Workflow (WileyPLUS); and Licensing, Distribution, 
Advertising and Other.  

Books  and  Reference  Material  decreased  11%  to  $561.0  million,  or  7%  excluding  the  unfavorable  impact  of 
foreign  exchange.    The  decrease  was  mainly  driven  by  continued  retail  softness  and  channel  consolidation, 
particularly  in  EMEA  and  Asia;  lower  enrollments  in  higher  education  and  increased  market  penetration  by 
textbook rental businesses.    

The increase in Online Test Preparation and Certification was driven by new editions of GMAT titles and growth 
in  proprietary  sales  of  the  Company’s  CPA,  CFA  and  CMA  online  certification  products.    Course  Workflow 
(WileyPLUS) increased 8% to $58.5 million due to new and digital formats.  Licensing, Distribution, Advertising 
and Other increased from $43.3 million to $48.1 million in fiscal year 2016. 

Cost of Sales: 

Cost  of  Sales  for  fiscal  year  2016  decreased  11%  to  $215.2  million,  or  9%  excluding  the  favorable  impact  of 
foreign exchange. The decrease was mainly driven by lower sales volume; savings from procurement initiatives 
and lower cost digital products; and lower composition costs and print inventory obsolescence provisions. 

- 45 - 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Gross Profit: 

Gross Profit Margin increased by 160 basis points to 69.1% in fiscal year 2016. The improvement was mainly 
driven  by  savings  from  procurement  initiatives,  lower  cost  digital  products,  lower  composition  costs  and  print 
inventory obsolescence provisions. 

Direct Expenses and Amortization: 

Direct Expenses for fiscal year 2016 decreased 18% to $160.0 million, or 15% excluding the favorable impact of 
foreign  exchange.  The  reduction  was  driven  by  restructuring  and  other  cost  savings,  partially  offset  by  higher 
accrued  variable  incentive  compensation  and  merit  increases.  Amortization  of  Intangibles  decreased  $0.5 
million to $11.3 million in fiscal year 2016. 

Contribution to Profit: 

Contribution  to  Profit  for  fiscal  year  2016  was  $126.1  million  compared  to  $97.6  million  in  the  prior  year.  The 
improvement  was  mainly  driven  by  restructuring  and  other  cost  savings,  gross  margin  improvement  and 
reduced technology investment. Contribution Margin for fiscal year 2016 increased from 13.1% to 18.1%. 

Test Preparation Partnership 

Wiley announced a partnership with ACT, the nation’s leader in college and career readiness, to enhance both 
organizations’  test  prep  product  offerings  and  take  over  as  the  exclusive  publisher  for  ACT’s  The  Real  ACT® 
Prep Guide beginning in January 2016.  Maker of the ACT test and ACT WorkKeys®, among other respected 
assessment  programs,  ACT  (American  College  Test)  is  committed  to  providing  insights  that  help  individuals 
better prepare for success throughout their lives—from education through career.  

SOLUTIONS: 
Revenue: 
Online Program Management 
Professional Assessment 
Corporate Learning 

Total Revenue  

Cost of Sales 

Gross Profit 

Gross Profit Margin 

Direct Expenses 
Amortization of Intangibles 
Allocated Shared Services  
Restructuring Charges (see Note 6)  

Contribution to Profit   
Contribution Margin 

  2016 

 2015 

$96,469
57,370
50,692

81,593
57,035
42,017

$204,531

$180,645

(36,055)

(30,640)

$168,476
82.4%

$150,005
83.0%

(116,758)
(13,701)
(32,983)
(1,042)

$3,992

2.0%

(105,129)
(14,288)
(29,949)
-

$639

0.4%

% change 
% change  w/o FX (a) 

18% 
1% 
21% 

13% 

18% 

12% 

11% 
-4% 
10% 
-% 

18%
1%
31%

16%

20%

15%

14%
-1%
13%
-%

525% 

462%

(a) Adjusted to exclude the fiscal year 2016 Restructuring Charges 

Revenue: 

Solutions  revenue  for  fiscal  year  2016  increased  13%  to  $204.5  million,  or  16%  excluding  the  unfavorable 
impact of foreign exchange.   

- 46 - 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Online  Program  Management  grew  18%  to  $96.5  million  reflecting  higher  enrollments;  an  increase  in 
institutional  partners  and  programs  generating  revenue;  and  growth  in  fee-for-service  agreements.  As  of  April 
30, 2016, the Company had 38 partners and 226 degree programs under contract, compared to 38 partners and 
200  programs  as  of  April  30,  2015.  As  of  April  30,  2016,  186  of  the  Company’s  226  degree  programs  were 
revenue generating. 

Professional Assessment revenue grew 1% in fiscal year 2016 and was driven by higher post-hire assessment 
revenue,  partially  offset  by  an  expected  decline  in  pre-hire  assessment  revenue  following  portfolio  actions  to 
optimize longer-term profitable growth. 

Corporate  Learning  revenue  grew  21%  to  $50.7  million,  or  31%  excluding  the  unfavorable  impact  of  foreign 
exchange.  The growth was mainly driven by new customers, including the expansion into the U.S. market, and 
renewals for existing customers, with France, U.S. and Central and South American markets driving the results.  

Cost of Sales: 

Cost  of  sales  for  fiscal  year  2016  increased  18%  to  $36.1  million,  or  20%  excluding  the  favorable  impact  of 
foreign  exchange.  The  increase  was  mainly  driven  by  higher  Corporate  Learning  ($4  million)  and  Online 
Program Management ($2 million) costs due to business growth.  

Gross Profit: 

Gross Profit Margin decreased 60 basis points to 82.4% in fiscal year 2016. 

Direct Expenses and Amortization: 

Direct Expenses increased 11% to $116.8 million, or 14% excluding the favorable impact of foreign exchange.  
The  increase  was  mainly  driven  by  student  recruitment  costs  to  support  new  Online  Program  Management 
programs ($14 million) and Corporate Learning business growth ($8 million), partially offset by restructuring and 
other cost savings ($6 million) and other ($2 million). Amortization of Intangibles of $13.7 million was flat with the 
prior year on a constant currency basis. 

Contribution to Profit: 

Contribution to Profit for fiscal year 2016 increased $3.4 million to $4.0 million in fiscal year 2016.  The increase 
was  mainly  driven  by  restructuring  and  other  cost  savings,  partially  offset  by  investment  in  Online  Program 
Management (Deltak) programs. Contribution Margin was 2.0% compared to 0.4% in the prior year.  

Junior Achievement Program 

CrossKnowledge  and  Junior  Achievement  USA®  announced  a  joint  partnership  that  will  bring  digital  learning 
solutions to thousands of students and educators.  As part of the agreement, CrossKnowledge has donated the 
use of its Learning Management System (LMS) to Junior Achievement USA (JA) for the next five years (starting 
in 2016) through the CrossKnowledge Foundation. This in-kind contribution is one of the largest of its kind in the 
history of JA. By 2020, we expect that CrossKnowledge programs will reach 1.6 million JA users.  

CrossKnowledge/L’Oréal platform:   

CrossKnowledge  announced  the  creation  of  MySalon-Edu.com,  an  online  platform  that  focuses  on  salon 
education, in conjunction with L’Oréal group. The e-cademy massive online open course (MOOC) was created 
for professional hairdressers and beauticians. 

- 47 - 

SHARED SERVICES AND ADMINISTRATIVE COSTS: 

Dollars in thousands 
Distribution and Operation Services 
Technology and Content Management  
Finance 
Other Administration 
Restructuring Charges (see Note 6) 
Total 

2016 
 $80,043 
258,641  
46,759  
131,803 
20,080  
 $537,326  

2015 
 $85,758 
245,415  
49,570 
121,396 
18,293 
 $520,432 

% Change 

-7% 
5% 
-6% 
9% 

3% 

% Change 
w/o FX (a) 
-2%
8%
-2%
12%

6%

(a)  Adjusted to exclude the fiscal year 2016 and 2015 Restructuring Charges 

Shared  Services  and  Administrative  Costs  for  fiscal  year  2016  increased  3%  to  $537.3  million,  or  6%  on  a 
currency neutral basis and excluding the current and prior year Restructuring Charges. Lower Distribution and 
Operation Services costs mainly reflect lower journal shipping and handling costs ($2 million). Technology and 
Content  Management  increased  mainly  due  to  investments  in  the  Company’s  ERP  and  related  systems  ($13 
million);  higher  license,  maintenance  and  hosting  costs  ($11  million);  investments  in  Corporate  Learning 
(CrossKnowledge)  and  Online  Program  Management  (Deltak)  programs  ($3  million);  and  merit  increases  ($2 
million), partially offset by restructuring and other cost savings ($12 million). Finance costs decreased 2% on a 
currency neutral basis mainly due to restructuring and other cost savings. Other Administration costs increased 
mainly  due  to  higher  employment  costs  ($8  million);  higher  legal  costs  ($3  million);  Online  Program 
Management (Deltak) program growth ($2 million); and process reengineering consulting costs ($2 million).  

U.S. Distribution Outsourcing: 

As  part  of  the  Company’s  restructuring  initiatives,  in  November  2015,  Wiley  entered  into  an  agreement  to 
outsource  its  US-based  print  textbook  fulfillment  operations  to  Cengage  Learning,  with  the  aim  of  creating  a 
more  efficient  and  variable  cost  model.   As  of  April  30,  2016  these  operations  were  fully  transitioned  to 
Cengage. 

The  Company  uses  occupied  square  footage  of  space;  number  of  employees;  units  shipped;  specific 
identification/activity-based;  gross  profit;  revenue  and  number  of  invoices  to  allocate  shared  service  costs  to 
each business segment. 

LIQUIDITY AND CAPITAL RESOURCES:  

The  Company’s  Cash  and  Cash  Equivalents  balance  was  $363.8  million  at  the  end  of  fiscal  year  2016, 
compared  with  $457.4  million  a  year  earlier.  Cash  Provided  by  Operating  Activities  in  fiscal  year  2016 
decreased $5.2 million from fiscal year 2015 to $350.0 million principally due to the timing of vendor and royalty 
payments ($28 million); higher employee retirement plan contributions ($6 million); and higher royalty advance 
payments due to higher royalty rates on society owned journals and new society contracts ($5 million), partially 
offset by lower annual incentive compensation payments ($15 million); lower income tax payments and deposits 
($11 million); lower payments related to the Company’s restructuring programs ($2 million); and timing of journal 
subscription cash collections.  The change  in  deferred  revenue was  driven  by lower  non-cash  earnings mainly 
due to the impact of transitioning to time-based digital journal subscription agreements; foreign exchange; and 
timing of cash collections. 

Cash Used for Investing Activities in fiscal year 2016 was $151.4 million compared to $279.7 million in the prior 
year. Fiscal year 2015 includes the acquisition of CrossKnowledge (Corporate Learning) for approximately $166 
million in cash, net of cash acquired. The acquisition was funded through the use of the existing credit facilities 
- 48 - 

 
 
 
 
 
and available cash and did not have an impact on the Company’s ability to meet other operating, investing and 
financing  needs.  Acquisitions  in  fiscal  year  2016  mainly  reflect  the  acquisition  of  publication  rights  for  society 
journals.  During fiscal year 2015, the Company received $1.1 million of escrow proceeds from the sale of certain 
consumer publishing assets in fiscal year 2013 which represented the final amounts due to the Company from 
the sale of those assets.   

Composition  spending  was  $37.3  million  in  fiscal  year  2016  compared  to  $39.4  million  in  the  prior  year.  Cash 
used for technology, property and equipment was $93.7 million in fiscal year 2016 compared to $69.1 million in 
the prior year.  The increase mainly reflects investment in the Company’s ERP and related systems ($18 million) 
and other technology infrastructure.   

Cash Used for Financing Activities was $285.7 million in fiscal year 2016 compared to $61.0 million in the prior 
year. During fiscal year 2016, net debt repayments were $145.1 million compared to borrowings of $47.7 million 
in the prior year.  The Company’s net debt (debt less cash and cash equivalents) decreased $51.4 million from 
the prior year to $241.2 million.  

On March 1, 2016, the Company amended and extended its existing revolving credit agreement (“RCA”) with a 
syndicated bank group led by Bank of America. The previous RCA consisted of a $940 million senior revolving 
credit facility due on November 2, 2016. The new agreement consists of a $1.1 billion five-year senior revolving 
credit facility payable March 1, 2021.  The proceeds of the amended facility will be used for general corporate 
purposes  including  seasonal  operating  cash  requirements  investments  in  technology  systems  and  new 
businesses,  and  strategic  acquisitions.  Under  the  agreement,  which  can  be  drawn  in  multiple  currencies,  the 
Company has the option of borrowing at the following floating interest rates:  (i) at a rate based on the London 
Interbank  Offered  Rate  (“LIBOR”)  plus  an  applicable  margin  ranging  from  0.98%  to  1.50%,  depending  on  the 
Company’s consolidated leverage ratio, as defined, or (ii) for U.S. dollar-denominated loans only, at the lender’s 
base  rate  plus  an  applicable  margin  ranging  from  zero  to  0.45%,  depending  on  the  Company’s  consolidated 
leverage ratio.  The lender’s base rate is defined as the highest of (i) the U.S. federal funds effective rate plus a 
0.50%  margin,  (ii)  the  Eurocurrency  rate,  as  defined,  plus  a  1.00%  margin,  or  (iii)  the  Bank  of  America  prime 
lending  rate.    In  addition,  the  Company  pays  a  facility  fee  ranging  from  0.15%  to  0.25%  depending  on  the 
Company’s consolidated leverage ratio.  The Company also has the option to request an additional credit limit 
increase of up to $350 million in minimum increments of $50 million, subject to the approval of the lenders. The 
credit  agreement  contains  certain  restrictive  covenants  related  to  the  Company’s  consolidated  leverage  ratio 
and interest coverage ratio, which the Company was in compliance with as of April 30, 2016. Due to the fact that 
there  are  no  principal  payments  due  until  the  end  of  the  agreement  in  fiscal  year  2021,  the  Company  has 
classified its entire debt obligation related to this facility as long-term which was approximately $605.0 million as 
of April 30, 2016. As of April 30, 2015, the entire debt obligation related to the previous facility of approximately 
$750.1 was classified as long-term.  As part of the amendment, the Company paid $3.4 million in debt financing 
costs in fiscal year 2016 which were capitalized and included in the Other Assets line item in the Consolidated 
Statements  of  Financial  Position.  The  total  notional  amount  of  the  fixed  interest  rate  swap  agreements 
associated with the Company’s revolving credit facility was $500.0 million as of April 30, 2016. 

On August 6, 2015, the Company amended its December 22, 2014 364-day U.S. dollar revolving credit facility 
reinstated every 30 days with Santander Bank, N.A. by increasing the facility to $100 million from $50 million.  
The additional $50 million was drawn during August and used to repay a portion of the senior revolving credit 
facility. The facility was equally ranked with the Company’s previous agreement with Bank of America - Merrill 
Lynch and The Royal Bank of Scotland plc, and TD Bank, N.A. The facility was fully paid on April 29, 2016.  This 
facility’s termination date was May 23, 2016 and was not renewed.  

- 49 - 

During fiscal year 2016, the Company repurchased 1,432,284 shares of common stock at an average price of 
$48.86 compared to 1,082,502 shares at an average price of $57.26 in the prior year.  In fiscal year 2016, the 
Company increased its quarterly dividend to shareholders by 3% to $0.30 per share versus $0.29 per share in 
the prior year. Lower proceeds from the exercise of stock options mainly reflected lower stock option exercises 
in fiscal year 2016 compared to the prior year. 

The  Company’s  operating  cash  flow  is  affected  by  the  seasonality  and  timing  of  receipts  from  its  Research 
journal  subscriptions  and  its  education  book  business.  Cash  receipts  for  calendar  year  Research  subscription 
journals occur primarily from December through April.  Reference is made to the Customer Credit Risk section, 
which  follows,  for  a  description  of  the  impact  on  the  Company  as  it  relates  to  independent  journal  agents’ 
financial  position  and  liquidity.  Sales  primarily  in  the  U.S.  higher  education  market  tend  to  be  concentrated  in 
June through August, and again in November through January. Due to this seasonality, the Company normally 
requires increased funds for working capital from May through October. 

Cash  and  Cash  Equivalents  held  outside  the  U.S.  were  approximately  $339  million  as  of  April  30,  2016.  The 
balances in equivalent U.S. dollars were comprised primarily of pound sterling ($222 million), euros ($46 million), 
Singapore dollars ($19 million), U.S. dollars ($18 million), Australian dollars ($14 million), and other ($20 million). 
Maintenance of these cash and cash equivalent balances outside the U.S. does not have a material impact on 
the liquidity or capital resources of the Company’s global, including U.S., operations. Cash and cash equivalent 
balances outside the U.S. may be subject to U.S. taxation, if repatriated. The Company intends to reinvest cash 
outside the U.S. except in instances where repatriating such earnings would result in no additional income tax.  
Accordingly, the Company has not accrued for U.S. income tax on the repatriation of non-U.S. earnings.   

As of April 30, 2016, the Company had approximately $605 million of debt outstanding and approximately $602 
million of unused borrowing capacity under its Revolving Credit and other facilities. The Company believes that 
its  operating  cash  flow,  together  with  its  revolving  credit  facilities  and  other  available  debt  financing,  will  be 
adequate to meet its operating, investing and financing needs in the foreseeable future, although there can be no 
assurance that continued or increased volatility in the global capital and credit markets will not impair its ability to 
access these markets on terms commercially acceptable.  The Company does not have any off-balance-sheet 
debt. 

The Company’s working capital can be negative due to the seasonality of its businesses. The primary driver of 
the  negative  working  capital  is  unearned  deferred  revenue  related  to  subscriptions  for  which  cash  has  been 
collected  in  advance.  Cash  received  in  advance  for  subscriptions  is  used  by  the  Company  for  a  number  of 
purposes  including  acquisitions;  debt  repayments;  funding  operations;  dividend  payments;  and  purchasing 
treasury shares.  The deferred  revenue will  be recognized  as  income when  the  products  are  shipped  or made 
available online to the customers over the term of the subscription. Current liabilities as of April 30, 2016 include 
$426.5 million of such deferred subscription revenue for which cash was collected in advance. 

CRITICAL ACCOUNTING POLICIES AND ESTIMATES: 

The  preparation  of  the  Company’s  financial  statements  in  conformity  with  accounting  principles  generally 
accepted in the U.S. requires management to make estimates and assumptions that affect the reported amount 
of assets and liabilities, disclosure of contingent assets and liabilities as of the date of the financial statements, 
and reported amounts of revenue and expenses during the reporting period. Management continually evaluates 
the  basis  for  its  estimates.  Actual  results  could  differ  from  those  estimates,  which  could  affect  the  reported 
results.  Note  2  of  the  “Notes  to  Consolidated  Financial  Statements”  includes  a  summary  of  the  significant 

- 50 - 

accounting policies and methods used in preparation of our Consolidated Financial Statements. Set forth below 
is a discussion of the Company’s more critical accounting policies and methods. 

Revenue  Recognition:  The  Company  recognizes  revenue  when  the  following  criteria  are  met:  persuasive 
evidence  that  an  arrangement  exists;  delivery  has  occurred  or  services  have  been  rendered;  the  price  to  the 
customer is fixed or determinable; and collectability is reasonably assured.  If all of the above criteria have been 
met, revenue is recognized upon shipment of products or when services have been rendered. Revenue related 
to  journal  subscriptions  and  other  products  and  services  that  are  generally  collected  in  advance  are  deferred 
and recognized as earned over the term of the subscription; when the related issue is shipped; made available 
online; or the service is rendered, in accordance with contractual terms. Collectability is evaluated based on the 
amount involved, the credit history of the customer, and the status of the customer’s account with the Company.   

The  Company  transitioned  from  issue-based  to  time-based  digital  journal  subscription  agreements  starting  in 
calendar year 2016. Under this new model, the Company provides access to all journal content published within 
a calendar year and recognizes revenue on a straight-line basis over the calendar year. Under the Company’s 
previous licensing model, a customer subscribed to a discrete number of online journal issues and revenue was 
recognized  as  each  issue  was  made  available  online.  The  Company  made  these  changes  to  simplify  the 
contracting and administration of its digital journal subscriptions.  

When  a  product  is  sold  with  multiple  deliverables,  the  Company  accounts  for  each  deliverable  within  the 
arrangement as a separate unit of accounting due to the fact that each deliverable is also sold on a stand-alone 
basis. The total consideration of a multiple-element arrangement is allocated to each unit of accounting based 
on  the  price  charged  by  the  Company  when  it  is  sold  separately.  The  Company’s  multiple  deliverable 
arrangements  principally  include  WileyPLUS,  an  online  course  management  tool  which  includes  a  complete 
print  or  digital  textbook  for  the  course;  negotiated  licenses  for  bundles  of  digital  content  available  on  Wiley 
Online  Library,  the  online  publishing  platform  for  the  Company’s  Research  business;  and  test  preparation, 
assessment, certification and training services which can include bundles of print and digital content and online 
workflow solutions.   

The Company enters into contracts for the resale of its content through a third party where the Company is not 
the primary obligor of the arrangement because it is not responsible for fulfilling the customer’s order;  handling 
customer requests or claims; and/or maintains credit risk. The Company recognizes revenue for the sale of its 
content,  net  of  any  commission  owed  to  the  third  party  seller,  or  taxes,  which  are  remitted  to  government 
authorities. 

Allowance  for  Doubtful  Accounts:  The  estimated  allowance  for  doubtful  accounts  is  based  on  a  review  of  the 
aging of the accounts receivable balances, historical write-off experience, credit evaluations of customers and 
current  market  conditions.  A  change  in  the  evaluation  of  a  customer’s  credit  could  affect  the  estimated 
allowance.  The  allowance  for  doubtful  accounts  is  shown  as  a  reduction  of  Accounts  Receivable  in  the 
Consolidated  Statements  of  Financial  Position  and  amounted  to  $7.2  million  and  $7.3  million  as  of  April  30, 
2017 and 2016, respectively. 

Sales  Return  Reserves:  The  process  which  the  Company  uses  to  determine  its  sales  returns  and  the  related 
reserve  provision  charged  against  revenue  is  based  on  applying  an  estimated  return  rate  to  current  year 
returnable  print  book  sales.  This  rate  is  based  upon  an  analysis  of  actual  historical  return  experience  in  the 
various  markets  and  geographic  regions  in  which  the  Company  does  business.  The  Company  collects, 
maintains  and  analyzes  significant  amounts  of  sales  returns  data  for  large  volumes  of  homogeneous 
transactions.  This  allows  the  Company  to  make  reasonable  estimates  of  the  amount  of  future  returns.  All 

- 51 - 

available data is utilized to identify the returns by market and as to which fiscal year the sales returns apply. This 
enables management to track the returns in detail and identify and react to trends occurring in the marketplace, 
with  the  objective  of  being  able  to  make  the  most  informed  judgments  possible  in  setting  reserve  rates. 
Associated with the estimated sales return reserves, the Company also includes a related reduction in inventory 
and royalty costs as a result of the expected returns. Net print book sales return reserves amounted to $24.3 
million and $19.9 million as of April 30, 2017 and 2016, respectively.  

The  reserves  are  reflected  in  the  following  accounts  of  the  Consolidated  Statements  of  Financial  Position  – 
(decrease) increase as of April 30: 

Accounts Receivable 
Inventories 
Accounts and Royalties Payable 
Decrease in Net Assets 

2017 

2016 

$(34,769)
$4,727
$(5,741)
$(24,300)

$(29,447) 
4,924 
(4,662) 
$(19,861) 

A one percent change in the estimated sales return rate could affect net income by approximately $2.0 million. A 
change in the pattern or trends in returns could affect the estimated allowance. 

Reserve for Inventory Obsolescence: A reserve for inventory obsolescence is estimated based on a review of 
damaged, obsolete, or otherwise unsalable inventory. The review encompasses historical unit sales trends by 
title;  current  market  conditions,  including  estimates  of  customer  demand  compared  to  the  number  of  units 
currently  on  hand;  and  publication  revision  cycles.  The  inventory  obsolescence  reserve  is  reported  as  a 
reduction  of  the  Inventories  balance  in  the  Consolidated  Statements  of  Financial  Position  and  amounted  to 
$21.1 million and $22.0 million as of April 30, 2017 and 2016, respectively.  

Allocation  of  Acquisition  Purchase  Price  to  Assets  Acquired  and  Liabilities  Assumed:  In  connection  with 
acquisitions, the Company allocates the cost of the acquisition to the assets acquired and the liabilities assumed 
based on the estimates of fair value for such items, including intangible assets and technology acquired. Such 
estimates  include  discounted  estimated  cash  flows  to  be  generated  by  those  assets  and  the  expected  useful 
lives based on historical experience, current market trends, and synergies to be achieved from the acquisition 
and  the  expected  tax  basis  of  assets  acquired.  The  Company  may  use  a  third  party  valuation  consultant  to 
assist in the determination of such estimates. 

Goodwill and Indefinite-lived Intangible Assets: Goodwill is the excess of the purchase price paid over the fair 
value of the net assets of the business acquired.  Indefinite-lived intangible assets primarily consist of brands, 
trademarks, content and publishing rights and are typically characterized by intellectual property with a long and 
well-established  revenue  stream  resulting  from  strong  and  well-established  imprint/brand  recognition  in  the 
market.  Goodwill  and  indefinite-lived  intangible  assets  are  not  amortized  but  are  reviewed  annually  for 
impairment, or more frequently if events or changes in circumstances indicate the asset might be impaired. The 
Company  evaluates  the  recoverability  of  indefinite-lived  intangible  assets  by  comparing  the  fair  value  of  the 
intangible  asset  to  its  carrying  value.  To  estimate  the  fair  value  of  its  goodwill  and  indefinite-lived  intangible 
assets, the Company uses either discounted cash flows or revenue multiples for comparable transactions in the 
marketplace.  

To  evaluate  the  recoverability  of  goodwill,  the  Company  uses  a  two-step  impairment  test  approach  at  the 
reporting  unit  level.  In  the  first  step,  the  estimated  fair  value  of  the  entire  reporting  unit  is  compared  to  its 
carrying value including goodwill. If the fair value of the reporting unit is less than the carrying value, a second 
step is performed to determine the charge for goodwill impairment. In the second step, the Company determines 

- 52 - 

  
an  implied  fair  value  of  the  reporting  unit’s  goodwill  by  determining  the  fair  value  of  the  individual  assets  and 
liabilities (including any previously unrecognized intangible assets) of the reporting unit other than goodwill. The 
resulting  implied  fair  value  of  the  goodwill  is  compared  to  the  carrying  amount  and  an  impairment  charge  is 
recognized for the difference.  

In  certain  circumstances,  the  Company  uses  a  qualitative  assessment  as  an  alternative  to  the  two-step  test 
approach.  Under  this  approach  certain  market,  industry  and  financial  performance  factors  are  considered  to 
determine whether it is more likely than not that the fair value of a reporting unit is less than its carrying amount. 
If  that  is  the  case,  the  two-step  approach  described  above  is  then  performed  to  evaluate  the  recoverability  of 
goodwill. 

Intangible Assets with Finite Lives and Other Long-Lived Assets: Finite-lived intangible assets principally consist 
of brands, trademarks, content and publication rights, customer relationships and non-compete agreements and 
are amortized over their estimated useful lives. The most significant factors in determining the estimated lives of 
these  intangibles  are  the  history  and  longevity  of  the  brands,  trademarks  and  content  and  publication  rights 
acquired  combined  with  the  strength  of  cash  flows.  Content  and  publication  rights,  trademarks,  customer 
relationships and brands with finite lives are amortized on a straight-line basis over periods ranging from 5 to 40 
years.  Non-compete  agreements  are  amortized  over  the  terms  of  the  individual  agreement,  generally  up  to  5 
years.  

Intangible assets with finite lives as of April 30, 2017 are amortized on a straight line basis over the following 
weighted average estimated useful lives: content and publishing rights – 31 years; customer relationships – 20 
years; brands and trademarks – 15 years; non-compete agreements – 5 years.  

Assets  with  finite  lives  are  only  evaluated  for  impairment  upon  a  significant  change  in  the  operating  or 
macroeconomic environment.  In these circumstances, if an evaluation of the projected undiscounted cash flows 
indicates impairment, the asset is written down to its estimated fair value based on the discounted future cash 
flows. 

Stock-Based  Compensation:  The  Company  recognizes  stock-based  compensation  expense  based  on  the  fair 
value of the stock-based awards on the grant date, reduced by an estimate of future forfeited awards.  As such, 
stock-based  compensation  expense  is  only  recognized  for  those  awards  that  are  expected  to  ultimately  vest. 
The  fair  value  of  stock-based  awards  is  recognized  in  net  income  on  a  straight-line  basis  over  the  requisite 
service  period.  The  grant  date  fair  value  for  stock  options  is  estimated  using  the  Black-Scholes  option-pricing 
model. The determination of the assumptions used in the Black-Scholes model requires the Company to make 
significant judgments and estimates, which include the expected life of an option, the expected volatility of the 
Company’s  Common  Stock  over  the  estimated  life  of  the  option,  a  risk-free  interest  rate  and  the  expected 
dividend yield. Judgment is also required in estimating the amount of stock-based awards that may be forfeited. 
Stock-based  compensation  expense  associated  with  performance-based  stock  awards  is  based  on  actual 
financial  results  for  targets  established  three  years  in  advance.  The  cumulative  effect  on  current  and  prior 
periods  of  a  change  in  the  estimated  number  of  performance  share  awards,  or  estimated  forfeiture  rate,  is 
recognized  as  an  adjustment  to  earnings  in  the  period  of  the  revision.  If  actual  results  differ  significantly  from 
estimates, the Company’s stock-based compensation expense and results of operations could be impacted. 

Retirement Plans: The Company provides defined benefit pension plans for certain employees worldwide. The 
Company’s Board of Directors approved amendments to the U.S., Canada and U.K. defined benefit plans that 
froze  the  future  accumulation  of  benefits  effective  June  30,  2013,  December  31,  2015  and  April  30,  2015, 

- 53 - 

respectively. Under the amendments, no new employees will be permitted to enter these plans and no additional 
benefits for current participants for future services will be accrued after the effective dates of the amendments.  

The accounting for benefit plans is highly dependent on assumptions concerning the outcome of future events 
and  circumstances,  including  discount  rates,  long-term  return  rates  on  pension  plan  assets,  healthcare  cost 
trends, compensation increases and other factors. In determining such assumptions, the Company consults with 
outside actuaries and other advisors. The discount rates for the U.S., United Kingdom and Canadian pension 
plans are based on the derivation of a single-equivalent discount rate using a standard spot rate curve and the 
timing  of  expected  payments  as  of  the  balance  sheet  date.  The  spot  rate  curve  is  based  upon  a  portfolio  of 
Moody’s-rated  Aa3  (or  higher)  corporate  bonds.  The  discount  rates  for  other  non-U.S.  plans  are  based  on 
similar  published  indices  with  durations  comparable  to  that  of  each  plan’s  liabilities.  The  expected  long-term 
rates  of  return  on  pension  plan  assets  are  estimated  using  market  benchmarks  for  equities,  real  estate  and 
bonds applied to each plan’s target asset allocation and are estimated by asset class including an anticipated 
inflation  rate.  The  expected  long-term  rates  are  then  compared  to  the  historic  investment  performance  of  the 
plan  assets  as  well  as  future  expectations  and  estimated  through  consultation  with  investment  advisors  and 
actuaries.  Salary  growth  and  healthcare  cost  trend  assumptions  are  based  on  the  Company’s  historical 
experience and future outlook. While the Company believes that the assumptions used in these calculations are 
reasonable, differences in actual experience or changes in assumptions could materially affect the expense and 
liabilities related to the defined benefit pension plans of the Company. A hypothetical one percent increase in 
the discount rate would increase net income and decrease the accrued pension liability by approximately $1.6 
million and $152.6 million, respectively. A one percent decrease in the discount rate would decrease net income 
and increase the accrued pension liability by approximately $1.1 million and $192.9 million, respectively. A one 
percent change in the expected long term rate of return would affect net income by approximately $3.2 million.  

Recently Issued Accounting Standards:   

In May 2017, the Financial Accounting Standards Board (“FASB”) issued Accounting Standard Update (“ASU”) 
2017-09 “Compensation - Stock Compensation (Topic 718): Scope of Modification Accounting”, which clarifies 
which  changes  to  the  terms  or  conditions  of  a  share-based  payment  award  require  an  entity  to  apply 
modification accounting. Under the new guidance, modification accounting is required if the fair value, vesting 
conditions or classification (equity or liability) of the new award are different from the original award immediately 
before  the  original  award  is  modified. The  standard  is  effective  for  the  Company  on  May  1,  2018,  with  early 
adoption  permitted.  The  new  guidance  must  be  applied  prospectively  to  awards  modified  on  or  after  the 
adoption  date.  The  future  impact  of  ASU  2017-09  will  be  dependent  on  the  nature  of  future  stock  award 
modifications.  

In March 2017, the FASB issued ASU 2017-07 “Compensation-Retirement Benefits (Topic 715): Improving the 
Presentation  of  Net  Periodic  Pension  Cost  and  Net  Periodic  Postretirement  Benefit  Cost.”  The  guidance 
requires  that  the  service  cost  component  of  net  pension  and  postretirement  benefit  costs  be  reported  in  the 
same line item as other compensation costs arising from services rendered by the pertinent employees during 
the period, while the other components of net benefit costs must be reported separately from the service cost 
component and outside of a subtotal of income from operations. The guidance also allows only the service cost 
component to be eligible for capitalization when applicable. The standard is effective for the Company on May 1, 
2018, with early adoption permitted. The new guidance must be applied retrospectively for the presentation of 
net benefit costs in the income statement and prospectively for the capitalization of the service cost component 
of net benefit costs. Although the Company does not expect the standard to have an impact on its consolidated 
net  income,  the  Company’s  net  pension  and  postretirement  costs  for  fiscal  year  2017  include  approximately 

- 54 - 

$2.8  million  of  net  benefit  expense  that  will  be  reclassified  from  operating  income  to  a  line  item  outside  of 
operating income upon adoption. 

In January 2017, the FASB issued ASU 2017-04 “Intangibles – Goodwill and Other (Topic 350): “Simplifying the 
Test for Goodwill Impairment”, which simplifies the measurement of a potential goodwill impairment charge by 
eliminating  the  requirement  to  calculate  an  implied  fair  value  of  the  goodwill  based  on  the  fair  value  of  a 
reporting  unit’s  other  assets  and  liabilities.  The  new  guidance  eliminates  the  implied  fair  value  method  and 
instead  measures  a  potential  impairment  charge  based  on  the  excess  of  a  reporting  unit’s  carrying  value 
compared to its fair value. The impairment charge cannot exceed the total amount of goodwill allocated to that 
reporting unit. The standard is effective for the Company on May 1, 2020, with early adoption permitted. Based 
on  the  Company’s  most  recent  annual  goodwill  impairment  test  completed  in  fiscal  year  2017,  the  Company 
expects no initial impact on adoption.  

In January 2017, the FASB issued ASU 2017-01 “Business Combinations (Topic 805): Clarifying the Definition 
of  a  Business”,  which  clarifies  the  definition  of  a  business  in  order  to  allow  for  the  evaluation  of  whether 
transactions  should  be  accounted  for  as  acquisitions  or  disposals  of  assets  or  business.  The  standard  is 
effective for the Company on May 1, 2018, with early adoption permitted. The future impact of ASU 2017-01 will 
be dependent upon the nature of future acquisitions or dispositions made by the Company. 

In  October  2016,  the  FASB  issued  ASU  2016-16  “Income  Taxes  (Topic  740):  Intra-Entity  Transfers  of  Assets 
Other than Inventory”, which simplifies the accounting for the income tax consequences of intra-entity transfers 
of assets other than inventory.  Current GAAP prohibits the recognition of current and deferred income taxes for 
an intra-entity asset transfer until the asset has been sold to an outside party. The new guidance states that an 
entity should recognize the income tax consequences of an intra-entity transfer of an asset other than inventory 
when the transfer occurs. Consequently, the amendments in this standard eliminate the exception for an intra-
entity transfer of an asset other than inventory. The standard is effective for the Company on May 1, 2018, with 
early adoption permitted. The Company expects no initial impact upon adoption. 

In August 2016, the FASB issued ASU 2016-15 “Statement of Cash Flows (Topic 230): Classification of Certain 
Cash Receipts and Cash Payments”, which provides clarification on classifying a variety of activities within the 
Statement  of  Cash  flows.  The  standard  is  effective  for  the  Company  on  May  1,  2018,  with  early  adoption 
permitted. The Company is currently assessing the impact the new guidance will have on its statement of cash 
flows.    

In March 2016, the FASB issued ASU 2016-09 “Compensation-Stock Compensation (Topic 718): Improvements 
to  Employee  Share-Based  Payment  Accounting”,  which  simplifies  the  accounting  for  share-based  payment 
transactions, including income taxes, classification of awards as either equity or liabilities, and classification on 
the statement of cash flows. The new guidance also allows an entity to make an accounting policy election to 
account  for  forfeitures when  they  occur  or  to  estimate  the  number  of  awards that  are  expected  to  vest with  a 
subsequent true up to actual forfeitures (current GAAP). The standard is effective for the Company on May 1, 
2017,  with  early  adoption  permitted.  The  Company  will  adopt  the  standard  on  a  prospective  basis  on  May  1, 
2017 and plans to continue estimating expected forfeitures.  

In  February  2016,  the  FASB  issued  ASU  2016-02  "Leases  (Topic  842)”.    ASU  2016-02  requires  lessees  to 
recognize  most  leases  on  the  balance  sheet  which  will  result  in  an  increase  in  reported  assets  and  liabilities. 
The  recognition  of  expenses  within  the  income  statement  is  consistent  with  the  existing  lease  accounting 
standards.  There  are  no  significant  changes  in  the  new  standard  for  lessors  under  operating  leases.  The 
standard  is  effective  for  the  Company  on  May  1,  2019  with  early  adoption  permitted.  Adoption  requires 

- 55 - 

application of the new guidance for all periods presented. The Company is currently assessing the impact the 
new guidance will have on its consolidated financial statements. 

In November 2015, the FASB issued ASU 2015-17 “Income Taxes (Topic 740): Balance Sheet Classification of 
Deferred Taxes”, to simplify the presentation of deferred income taxes. The amendments in this update require 
that  all  deferred  tax  assets  and  liabilities,  including  those  previously  classified  as  current,  be  classified  as  a 
single noncurrent line in a classified statement of financial position. The amendments in the standard will align 
the  presentation  of  deferred  income  tax  assets  and  liabilities  with  International  Financial  Reporting  Standards 
(“IFRS”). The Company adopted the new guidance on a prospective basis effective April 30, 2017. Accordingly, 
prior period accounts were not adjusted. The adoption had no impact on the Company’s results of operations or 
statement of cash flows.  

In April 2015, the FASB issued ASU 2015-05 "Intangibles- Goodwill and Other- Internal-Use Software (Subtopic 
350-40):  Customer’s  Accounting  for  Fees  Paid  in  Cloud  Computing  Arrangements"  (“ASU  2015-05”).  Cloud 
computing  arrangements  represent  the  delivery  of  hosted  services  over  the  internet  which  includes  software, 
platforms,  infrastructure  and  other  hosting  arrangements.  The  ASU  provides  criteria  to  determine  whether  the 
cloud  computing  arrangement  includes  a  software  license.  A  software  license  can  include  customized 
development, maintenance, hosting and other related costs. If the criteria are met, the customer will capitalize 
the  fee  attributable  to  the  software  license  portion  of  the  arrangement  as  internal-use  software.  If  the 
arrangement  does  not  include  a  software  license,  it  should  be  treated  as  a  service  contract.  The  Company 
adopted the new guidance on a prospective basis for all arrangements entered into or materially modified after 
May 1, 2016.  

In  May  2014,  the  FASB  issued  ASU  2014-09  "Revenue  from  Contracts  with  Customers"  (Topic  606)  (“ASU 
2014-09”), and the International Accounting Standards Board (“IASB”) published its equivalent standard, IFRS 
15, “Revenue from Contracts with Customers”. These joint comprehensive new revenue recognition standards 
will supersede most existing revenue recognition guidance and are intended to improve and converge revenue 
recognition and related financial reporting requirements. The standard is effective for the Company on May 1, 
2018. The standard allows for either “full retrospective” adoption, meaning the standard is applied to all periods 
presented,  or  “cumulative  effect”  adoption,  meaning  the  standard  is  applied  only  to  the  most  current  period 
presented  in  the  financial  statements.  Subsequently,  the  FASB  issued  ASU  No.  2016-08,  “Revenue  from 
Contracts  with  Customers  (Topic  606)  –  Principal  versus  Agent  Considerations”  (“ASU  2016-08”),  ASU  No. 
2016-10,  “Revenue  from  Contracts  with  Customers  (Topic  606)  –  Identifying  Performance  Obligations  and 
Licensing”  (“ASU  2016-10”),  ASU  2016-12,  “Revenue  from  Contracts  with  Customers  (Topic  606)  –  Narrow 
Scope  Improvements  and  Practical  Expedients”  (“ASU  2016-12”),  and  ASU  2016-20,  “Technical  Corrections 
and  Improvements  to  Topic  606,  Revenue  from  Contracts  with  Customers”  (“ASU  2016-20”),  which  provide 
clarification  and  additional  guidance  related  to  ASU  2014-09.  The  Company  must  adopt  ASU  2016-08,  ASU 
2016-10,  ASU  2016-12,  and  ASU  2016-20  with  ASU  2014-09.  The  Company  is  utilizing  a  comprehensive 
approach  to  assess  the  impact  of  the  guidance  on  its  contract  portfolio  by  reviewing  its  current  accounting 
policies and practices to identify potential differences that would result from applying the new requirements to its 
revenue  contracts  and  is  currently  evaluating  the  effect  that  implementation  of  this  standard  will  have  on  its 
consolidated financial position and results of operations.  The Company currently plans to adopt the standard on 
May 1, 2018 using the cumulative effect method.   

- 56 - 

 
 
 
Contractual Obligations and Commercial Commitments 

A summary of contractual obligations and commercial commitments, excluding unrecognized tax benefits further 
described in Note 11, as of April 30, 2017 is as follows (in thousands):  

Total Debt 
Interest on Debt1 
Non-Cancelable Leases 
Minimum Royalty Obligations 

Other Operating Commitments 

Payments Due by Period 

Total 

Within 

Year 1 

2-3 

4-5 

Years 

Years 

After 5 

Years 

$365.0 

$        - 

$        - 

$365.0 

$        - 

36.3 

281.0 

472.0 

42.0 

15.9 

24.0 

86.0 

22.0 

13.7 

56.0 

137.0 

20.0 

6.7 

44.0 

107.0 

- 

- 

157.0 

142.0 

- 

Total 

$1,196.3 

$147.9 

$226.7 

$522.7 

$299.0 

1 Interest on Debt includes the effect of the Company’s interest rate swap agreements and the estimated future 
interest payments on the Company’s unhedged variable rate debt, assuming that the interest rates as of April 
30, 2017 remain constant until the maturity of the debt.   

Item 7A.  Quantitative and Qualitative Disclosures about Market Risk 

The Company is exposed to market risk primarily related to interest rates, foreign exchange and credit risk. It is 
the Company’s policy to monitor these exposures and to use derivative financial investments and/or insurance 
contracts from time to time to reduce fluctuations in earnings and cash flows when it is deemed appropriate to 
do so. The Company does not use derivative financial instruments for trading or speculative purposes. 

Interest Rates: 

The Company had $365.0 million of variable rate loans outstanding at April 30, 2017, which approximated fair 
value.  

On  April  4,  2016,  the  Company  entered  into  a  forward  starting  interest  rate  swap  agreement  which  fixed  a 
portion  of  the  variable  interest  due  on  a  variable  rate  debt  renewal  on  May  16,  2016.  Under  the  terms  of  the 
agreement, the Company will pay a fixed rate of 0.92% and receives a variable rate of interest based on one-
month LIBOR (as defined) from the counterparty which is reset every month for a three-year period starting May 
16, 2016 ending May 15, 2019. As of April 30, 2017, the notional amount of the interest rate swap was $350.0 
million.  

It is management’s intention that the notional amount of interest rate swaps be less than the variable rate loans 
outstanding  during  the  life  of  the  derivatives.  During  fiscal  year  2017,  the  Company  recognized  losses  on  its 
hedge  contracts  of  approximately  $1.1  million  which  is  reflected  in  Interest  Expense  in  the  Consolidated 
Statements  of  Income.  At  April  30,  2017,  the  fair  value  of  the  outstanding  interest  rate swaps  was a  deferred 
gain of $3.9 million. Based on the maturity date of the contract, the entire deferred gain as of April 30, 2017 was 
recorded  within  Other  Long-Term  Assets.  On  an  annual  basis,  a  hypothetical  one  percent  change  in  interest 
rates for the $15 million of unhedged variable rate debt as of April 30, 2017 would affect net income and cash 
flow by approximately $0.1 million. 

- 57 - 

 
  
 
 
 
 
Foreign Exchange Rates: 

Fluctuations in the currencies of countries where the Company operates outside the U.S. may have a significant 
impact  on  financial  results.  The  Company  is  primarily  exposed  to  movements  in  British  pound  sterling,  euros, 
Canadian and  Australian dollars,  and certain  currencies  in  Asia.  The  Statements  of  Financial  Position of  non-
U.S.  business  units  are  translated  into  U.S.  dollars  using  period-end  exchange  rates  for  assets  and  liabilities 
and  weighted-average  exchange  rates  for  revenues  and  expenses. The  percentage  of  Consolidated  Revenue 
for  fiscal  year  2017  recognized  in  the  following  currencies  (on  an  equivalent  U.S.  dollar  basis)  were: 
approximately 54% U.S dollar; 29% British pound sterling; 8% euro and 9% other currencies. 

The  Company’s  significant  investments  in  non-U.S.  businesses  are  exposed  to  foreign  currency  risk.  
Adjustments  resulting  from  translating  assets  and  liabilities  are  reported  as  a  separate  component  of 
Accumulated  Other  Comprehensive  Loss  within  Shareholders’  Equity  under  the  caption  Foreign  Currency 
Translation Adjustment.  During fiscal year 2017, the Company recorded foreign currency translation losses in 
other comprehensive income of approximately $51.3 million primarily as a result of the strengthening of the U.S. 
dollar relative to the British pound sterling.  

Exchange rate gains or losses related to foreign currency transactions are recognized as transaction gains or 
losses in the Consolidated Statements of Income as incurred. Under certain circumstances, the Company may 
enter  into  derivative  financial  instruments  in  the  form  of  foreign  currency  forward  contracts  to  hedge  against 
specific  transactions,  including  intercompany  purchases  and  loans.  The  Company  does  not  use  derivative 
financial instruments for trading or speculative purposes. 

The  Company  may  enter  into  forward  exchange  contracts  to  manage  the  Company’s  exposure  on  certain 
foreign  currency  denominated  assets  and  liabilities. The  forward  exchange  contracts  are  marked  to  market 
through  Foreign  Exchange  Transaction  Gains  and  Losses  on  the  Consolidated  Statements  of  Income,  and 
carried at their fair value on the Consolidated Statements of Financial Position. Foreign currency denominated 
assets  and  liabilities  are  remeasured  at  spot  rates  in  effect  on  the  balance  sheet  date,  with  the  effects  of 
changes in spot rates reported in Foreign Exchange Transaction Gains and Losses. As of April 30, 2017, the 
Company did not maintain any open forward contracts. As of April 30, 2016, the Company had two open forward 
contracts with notional amounts of 31 million euros and 274 million pounds sterling to manage foreign currency 
exposures on intercompany loans. During fiscal years 2015 through 2017, the Company did not designate any 
forward exchange contracts as hedges under current accounting standards as the benefits of doing so were not 
material due to the short-term nature of the contracts. The fair value changes in the forward exchange contracts 
substantially  mitigated  the  changes  in  the  value  of  the  applicable  foreign  currency  denominated  assets  and 
liabilities.  As  of  April  30,  2016,  the  fair  value  of  the  open  forward  exchange  contracts  was  a  gain  of 
approximately  $1.3  million  and  recorded  within  Prepaid  and  Other  current  assets.  The  fair  value  of  the  open 
forward  exchange  contracts  was  measured  on  a  recurring  basis  using  Level  2  inputs.    For  fiscal  years  2017, 
2016  and  2015,  the  gains  (losses)  recognized  on  the  forward  contracts  were  $59.0  million,  $1.3  million,  and 
$(11.2) million, respectively.  

Customer Credit Risk: 

In the journal publishing business, subscriptions are primarily sourced through journal subscription agents who, 
acting as agents for library customers, facilitate ordering by consolidating the subscription orders/billings of each 
subscriber with various publishers. Cash is generally collected in advance from subscribers by the subscription 
agents and is principally remitted to the Company between the months of December and April. Although at fiscal 
year-end  the  Company  had  minimal  credit  risk  exposure  to  these  agents,  future  calendar-year  subscription 
receipts  from  these  agents  are  highly  dependent  on  their  financial  condition  and  liquidity.  Subscription  agents 

- 58 - 

account for approximately 22% of total annual consolidated revenue and no one agent accounts for more than 
10% of total annual consolidated revenue. 

The Company’s book business is not dependent upon a single customer; however, the industry is concentrated 
in national, regional, and online bookstore chains. Although no one book customer accounts for more than 8% 
of  total  consolidated  revenue  and  15%  of  accounts  receivable  at  April  30,  2017,  the  top  10  book  customers 
account for approximately 14% of total consolidated revenue and approximately 28% of accounts receivable at 
April 30, 2017. The Company maintains approximately $25 million of trade credit insurance, subject to certain 
limitations, covering balances due from certain named customers which expires in May 2018.  

Disclosure of Certain Activities Relating to Iran: 

The European Union, Canada and United States have imposed sanctions on business relationships with Iran, 
including  restrictions  on  financial  transactions  and  prohibitions  on  direct  and  indirect  trading  with  listed 
“designated persons.”  In fiscal year 2017, the Company recorded revenue and net profits of approximately $3.7 
million  and  $0.6  million,  respectively,  related  to  the  sale  of  scientific  and  medical  content  to  certain  publicly 
funded  universities,  hospitals  and  institutions  that  meet  the  definition  of  the  “Government  of  Iran”  as  defined 
under  section  560.304  of  title  31,  Code  of  Federal  Regulations. The  Company  has  assessed  its  business 
relationship  and  transactions  with  Iran  and  believes  it  is  in  compliance  with  the  regulations  governing  the 
sanctions.  The Company intends to continue in these or similar sales as long as they continue to be consistent 
with all applicable sanctions-related regulations. 

“Safe Harbor” Statement Under the 
Private Securities Litigation Reform Act of 1995 

This  report  contains  certain  forward-looking  statements  concerning  the  Company’s  operations,  performance, 
and  financial  condition.  Reliance  should  not  be  placed  on  forward-looking  statements,  as  actual  results  may 
differ materially from those in any forward-looking statements.  Any such forward-looking statements are based 
upon  a  number  of  assumptions  and  estimates  that  are  inherently  subject  to  uncertainties  and  contingencies, 
many  of  which  are  beyond  the  control  of  the  Company,  and  are  subject  to  change  based  on  many  important 
factors. Such factors include, but are not limited to (i) the level of investment in new technologies and products; 
(ii)  subscriber  renewal  rates  for  the  Company’s  journals;  (iii)  the  financial  stability  and  liquidity  of  journal 
subscription agents; (iv) the consolidation of book wholesalers and retail accounts; (v) the market position and 
financial stability of key retailers; (vi) the seasonal nature of the Company’s education business and the impact 
of the used-book market; (vii) worldwide economic and political conditions; (viii) the Company’s ability to protect 
its copyrights and other intellectual property worldwide; (ix) the ability of the Company to successfully integrate 
acquired  operations  and  realize  expected  opportunities  and  (x)  other  factors  detailed  from  time  to  time  in  the 
Company’s  filings  with  the  Securities  and  Exchange  Commission.  The  Company  undertakes  no  obligation  to 
update or revise any such forward-looking statements to reflect subsequent events or circumstances. 

- 59 - 

 
 
 
 
 
Item 8.  Financial Statements and Supplementary Data 

MANAGEMENT’S REPORT ON INTERNAL CONTROL OVER FINANCIAL REPORTING 

To our Shareholders 

John Wiley and Sons, Inc.: 

The  management  of  John  Wiley  and  Sons,  Inc.  and  subsidiaries  is  responsible  for  establishing  and  maintaining 

adequate internal control over financial reporting, as such term is defined in Exchange Act Rules 13a-15(f) and 15d-

15(f). 

Under the supervision and with the participation of our management, we conducted an evaluation of the effectiveness 

of  our  internal  control  over  financial  reporting  based  on  the  framework  in  Internal  Control  –  Integrated  Framework 

(2013)  issued  by  the  Committee  of  Sponsoring  Organizations  of  the  Treadway  Commission  (COSO).  Based  on  our 

evaluation  under  the  framework  in  Internal  Control  –  Integrated  Framework  issued  by  COSO,  our  management 

concluded that our internal control over financial reporting was effective as of April 30, 2017. Our evaluation of internal 

control  over  financial  reporting  did  not  include  internal  controls  of  Atypon  Systems,  Inc.,  which  we  acquired  on 

September  30,  2016.  The  aggregate  amount  of  total  assets  and  revenues  for  Atypon  Systems,  Inc.  included  in  our 

consolidated  financial  statements  as  of  and  for  the  year  ended  April  30,  2017  was  $118  million  and  $19  million, 

respectively. 

Changes in Internal Control over Financial Reporting: 

We are in the process of implementing a new global enterprise resource planning system (“ERP”) that will enhance 

our  business  and  financial  processes  and  standardize  our  information  systems.  We  have  completed  the 

implementation of record-to-report, purchase-to-pay and several other business processes within all locations and will 

continue to roll out the ERP in phases over the next three years. 

As  with  any  new  information  system  we  implement,  this  application,  along  with  the  internal  controls  over  financial 

reporting  included  in  this  process,  will  require  testing  for  effectiveness.  In  connection  with  this  ERP  implementation, 

we  are  updating  our  internal  controls  over  financial  reporting,  as  necessary,  to  accommodate  modifications  to  our 

business processes and accounting procedures. We do not believe that the ERP implementation will have an adverse 

effect on our internal control over financial reporting. 

Except as described above, there were no changes in our internal control over financial reporting that have materially 

affected,  or  are  reasonably  likely  to  materially  affect,  our  internal  control  over  financial  reporting  during  fiscal  year 

2017. 

The effectiveness of our internal control over financial reporting as of April 30, 2017 has been audited by KPMG LLP, 

an independent registered public accounting firm, as stated in their report which is included herein. 

The Company’s Corporate Governance Principles, Committee Charters, Business Conduct and Ethics Policy and the 

Code of Ethics for Senior Financial Officers are published on our web site at www.wiley.com under the “About Wiley—

Investor  Relations—Corporate  Governance”  captions.    Copies  are  also  available  free  of  charge  to  shareholders  on 

request to the Corporate Secretary, John Wiley & Sons, Inc., 111 River Street, Hoboken, NJ 07030-5774. 

/s/ Matthew S. Kissner 

Matthew S. Kissner 

Interim President and Chief Executive Officer and 

Chairman of the Board 

- 60 - 

 
 
 
 
 
 
/s/ John A. Kritzmacher 

John A. Kritzmacher 

Chief Financial Officer and  

Executive Vice President, Technology and Operations 

/s/ Christopher Caridi 

Christopher Caridi 

Senior Vice President, Controller and  

Chief Accounting Officer 

June 29, 2017 

- 61 - 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 Report of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm 

The Board of Directors and Shareholders 
John Wiley & Sons, Inc.: 

We have audited the accompanying consolidated statements of financial position of John Wiley & Sons, Inc. and 
subsidiaries (the “Company”) as of April 30, 2017 and 2016, and the related consolidated statements of income, 
comprehensive income (loss), cash flows and shareholders’ equity for each of the years in the three-year period 
ended  April  30,  2017.  In  connection  with  our  audits  of  the  consolidated  financial  statements,  we  also  have 
audited  Schedule  II  of  this  Form  10-K.  These  consolidated  financial  statements  and  financial  statement 
schedule  are  the  responsibility  of  the  Company’s  management.  Our  responsibility  is  to  express  an  opinion  on 
these consolidated financial statements and financial statement schedule based on our audits. 

We conducted our audits in accordance with the standards of the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board 
(United  States).  Those  standards  require  that  we  plan  and  perform  the  audit  to  obtain  reasonable  assurance 
about whether the financial statements are free of material misstatement. An audit includes examining, on a test 
basis,  evidence  supporting  the  amounts  and  disclosures  in  the  financial  statements.  An  audit  also  includes 
assessing the accounting principles used and significant estimates made by management, as well as evaluating 
the  overall  financial  statement  presentation.  We  believe  that  our  audits  provide  a  reasonable  basis  for  our 
opinion.  

In our opinion, the consolidated financial statements referred to above present fairly, in all material respects, the 
financial position of John Wiley & Sons, Inc. and subsidiaries as of April 30, 2017 and 2016, and the results of 
their  operations  and  their  cash  flows  for  each  of  the  years  in  the  three-year  period  ended  April  30,  2017,  in 
conformity  with  U.S. generally  accepted  accounting  principles.  Also  in  our  opinion,  the  related  financial 
statement  schedule,  when  considered  in  relation  to  the  basic  consolidated  financial  statements  taken  as  a 
whole, presents fairly, in all material respects, the information set forth therein. 

We  also  have  audited,  in  accordance  with  the  standards  of  the  Public  Company  Accounting  Oversight  Board 
(United States), John Wiley & Sons, Inc. and subsidiaries’ internal control over financial reporting as of April 30, 
2017, based on criteria established in Internal Control – Integrated Framework (2013) issued by the Committee 
of  Sponsoring  Organizations  of  the  Treadway  Commission  (“COSO”),  and  our  report  dated  June  29,  2017 
expressed an unqualified opinion on the effectiveness of the Company’s internal control over financial reporting. 
Such report contains an explanatory paragraph relating to the exclusion from management’s assessment of and 
from our evaluation of John Wiley and Sons, Inc. and subsidiaries’ internal control over financial reporting as of 
April 30, 2017 associated with the acquisition of Atypon Systems, Inc. 

(signed) KPMG LLP 

New York, New York 
June 29, 2017 

- 62 - 

 
 
 
Report of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm 

The Board of Directors and Shareholders 

John Wiley & Sons, Inc.: 

We have audited John Wiley & Sons, Inc. and subsidiaries’ (the “Company”) internal control over financial reporting as of April 30, 

2017,  based  on  criteria  established  in  Internal  Control  –  Integrated  Framework  (2013)  issued  by  the  Committee  of  Sponsoring 

Organizations of the Treadway Commission (“COSO”). The Company’s management is responsible for maintaining effective internal 

control over financial reporting and for its assessment of the effectiveness of internal control over financial reporting, included in the 

accompanying Management’s Report on Internal Control Over Financial Reporting. Our responsibility is to express an opinion on 

the Company’s internal control over financial reporting based on our audit.  

We  conducted  our  audit  in  accordance  with  the  standards  of  the  Public  Company  Accounting  Oversight  Board  (United  States). 

Those standards require that we plan and perform the audit to obtain reasonable assurance about whether effective internal control 

over  financial  reporting  was  maintained  in  all  material  respects.  Our  audit  included  obtaining  an  understanding  of  internal  control 

over  financial  reporting,  assessing  the  risk  that  a  material  weakness  exists,  and  testing  and  evaluating  the  design  and  operating 

effectiveness  of  internal  control  based  on  the  assessed  risk.  Our  audit  also  included  performing  such  other  procedures  as  we 

considered necessary in the circumstances. We believe that our audit provides a reasonable basis for our opinion.  

A company’s internal control over financial reporting is a process designed to provide reasonable assurance regarding the reliability 

of  financial  reporting  and  the  preparation  of  financial  statements  for  external  purposes  in  accordance  with  generally  accepted 

accounting principles. A company’s internal control over financial reporting includes those policies and procedures that (1) pertain to 

the maintenance of records that, in reasonable detail, accurately and fairly reflect the transactions and dispositions of the assets of 

the  company;  (2) provide  reasonable  assurance  that  transactions  are  recorded  as  necessary  to  permit  preparation  of  financial 

statements  in  accordance  with  generally  accepted  accounting  principles,  and  that  receipts  and  expenditures  of  the  company  are 

being  made  only  in  accordance  with  authorizations  of  management  and  directors  of  the  company;  and  (3) provide  reasonable 

assurance  regarding  prevention  or  timely  detection  of  unauthorized  acquisition,  use,  or  disposition  of  the  company’s  assets  that 

could have a material effect on the financial statements. 

Because  of  its  inherent  limitations,  internal  control  over  financial  reporting  may  not  prevent  or  detect  misstatements.  Also, 

projections of any evaluation of effectiveness to future periods are subject to the risk that controls may become inadequate because 

of changes in conditions, or that the degree of compliance with the policies or procedures may deteriorate. 

In our opinion, John Wiley & Sons, Inc. and subsidiaries maintained, in all material respects, effective internal control over financial 

reporting as of April 30, 2017, based on criteria established in Internal Control – Integrated Framework (2013) issued by COSO.  

John Wiley & Sons, Inc. and subsidiaries’ acquired Atypon Systems, Inc. in September 2016, and management excluded from its 

assessment of the effectiveness of the Company's internal control over financial reporting as of April 30, 2017, the Atypon Systems, 

Inc’s internal control over financial reporting, which is associated with total assets of $118 million and total revenues of $19 million 

included in the consolidated financial statements of the Company as of and for the year ended April 30, 2017. Our audit of internal 

control over financial reporting of the Company also excluded an evaluation of the internal control over financial reporting of Atypon 

Systems, Inc. 

We also have audited, in accordance with the standards of the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board (United States), the 

consolidated  statements  of  financial  position of  John  Wiley  &  Sons,  Inc.  and  subsidiaries  as  of  April  30,  2017  and  2016,  and  the 

related consolidated statements of income, comprehensive income (loss), cash flows and shareholders’ equity for each of the years 

in  the  three-year  period  ended  April  30,  2017,  and  our  report  dated  June  29,  2017  expressed  an  unqualified  opinion  on  those 

consolidated financial statements. 

(signed) KPMG LLP 

New York, New York 

June 29, 2017 

- 63 - 

 
CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF FINANCIAL POSITION 

John Wiley & Sons, Inc., and Subsidiaries 
Dollars in thousands 

Assets: 
Current Assets 

Cash and cash equivalents 
Accounts receivable 
Inventories 
Prepaid and other current assets 
Total Current Assets 

Product Development Assets 
Technology, Property & Equipment 
Intangible Assets 
Goodwill 
Income Tax Deposits 
Other Non-Current Assets 
Total Assets 

Liabilities and Shareholders’ Equity: 
Current Liabilities 

Accounts and royalties payable 
Deferred revenue 
Accrued employment costs 
Accrued income taxes 
Accrued pension liability 
Other accrued liabilities 
Total Current Liabilities 

Long-Term Debt 
Accrued Pension Liability 
Deferred Income Tax Liabilities 
Other Long-Term Liabilities 
Shareholders’ Equity 

Preferred Stock, $1 par value: Authorized - 2 million, Issued - zero  
Class A Common Stock, $1 par value: Authorized - 180 million,  

Issued – 70,086,003  

Class B Common Stock, $1 par value:  Authorized - 72 million, 

Issued – 13,095,667 
Additional paid-in capital 
Retained earnings 
Accumulated other comprehensive (loss): 

Foreign currency translation adjustment 
Unamortized retirement costs, net of tax 
Unrealized loss on interest rate swap, net of tax 

April 30, 

2017 

2016 

$

58,516   $

$

$

 188,679  
 47,852  
64,688 
 359,735  

 99,275  
 252,488  
 828,099  
 982,101  
- 
84,519  
 2,606,217   $

139,206   $
 436,235  
98,185  
22,222 
5,776  
86,232 
787,856 

365,000  
 214,597  
 160,491 
 75,136  

 363,806 
 167,638 
 57,779 
 81,456 
 670,679 

 72,126 
 214,770 
 877,007 
 951,663 
 62,912 
 71,939 
 2,921,096 

 166,222 
 426,489 
 97,902 
 9,450 
 5,492 
 76,252 
 781,807

 605,007 
 224,170 
 189,868 
 83,138 

- 

-

70,086 

69,798

13,096 
387,896 
1,715,423 

(319,212) 
(190,502) 
2,427 
(507,287) 

13,392
368,698
1,673,325

 (267,920)
 (179,405)
 (361)
(447,686)

Less: Treasury Shares At Cost (Class A – 22,096,970 and 21,708,905; 
Class B – 3,917,574 and 3,917,128) 

Total Shareholders’ Equity 
Total Liabilities and Shareholders’ Equity 

(676,077) 
 1,003,137  
2,606,217  $

(640,421)
 1,037,106 
 2,921,096 

$

The accompanying notes are an integral part of the consolidated financial statements. 

- 64 - 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF INCOME 

John Wiley & Sons, Inc., and Subsidiaries 
Dollars in thousands, except per share data 

For the years ended April 30, 
2016 

2017 

2015 

Revenue 

$

1,718,530 $

1,727,037  $

1,822,440

Costs and Expenses 
Cost of sales 
Operating and administrative expenses 
Restructuring charges 
Amortization of intangibles 
Total Costs and Expenses 

460,756
988,597
13,355
49,669
1,512,377

466,177 
994,372 
28,611 
49,764 
1,538,924 

499,683
1,005,000
28,804
51,214
1,584,701

Operating Income 

206,153

188,113 

237,739

Interest Expense 
Foreign Exchange Transaction Gains (Losses) 
Interest Income and Other 

Income Before Taxes 
Provision for Income Taxes 

Net Income 

Earnings Per Share 

Diluted 
Basic 

Cash Dividends Per Share 
Class A Common 
Class B Common 

Average Shares 
Diluted  
Basic 

(16,938)
421
1,480

191,116
77,473

(16,707) 
473 
2,914 

174,793 
29,011 

(17,077)
1,742
3,057

225,461
48,593

113,643 $

145,782  $

176,868

1.95 $
1.98

1.24 $
1.24

2.48  $
2.51 

1.20  $
1.20 

2.97
3.01

1.16
1.16

58,199
57,337

58,734 
57,998 

59,594
58,733

$

$

$

The accompanying notes are an integral part of the consolidated financial statements. 

- 65 - 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF COMPREHENSIVE INCOME (LOSS) 

John Wiley & Sons, Inc., and Subsidiaries 
Dollars in thousands 

For the years ended April 30, 
2016 

2017 

2015 

Net Income 

$

113,643 $

145,782  $ 

176,868

Other Comprehensive Loss: 

Foreign currency translation adjustment 
Unrealized retirement costs, net of tax benefit of 
$3,286, $8,807 and $15,779, respectively 
Unrealized gain (loss) on interest rate swaps, 

net of tax (provision) benefit of $(1,709), $10 
and $(157), respectively 
Total Other Comprehensive Loss 

(51,292)

(21,066) 

(180,190)

(11,097)

(19,971) 

(36,409)

2,788
(59,601)

(16) 
(41,053) 

257
(216,342)

Comprehensive Income (Loss) 

$

54,042 $

104,729  $ 

(39,474)

The accompanying notes are an integral part of the consolidated financial statements. 

- 66 - 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF CASH FLOWS 

John Wiley & Sons, Inc., and Subsidiaries 
Dollars in thousands  

Operating Activities 

For the years ended April 30, 
2016 

2017 

2015 

Net Income 
Adjustments to reconcile net income to net cash provided by operating activities:

$

113,643 $

145,782  $

176,868

Amortization of intangibles 
Amortization of book composition and other product development costs 
Depreciation of technology, property and equipment 
Restructuring charges 
Deferred income tax benefit on UK rate changes 
Stock-based compensation expense  
Excess tax benefits from stock-based compensation 
Employee retirement plan expense 
Royalty advances  
Earned royalty advances 
Unfavorable tax settlement 
One-time pension settlement 
Other non-cash (credits) charges  
Income tax deposits 

Changes in Operating Assets and Liabilities 
Source (Use), excluding acquisitions 

Accounts receivable 
Inventories 
Accounts and royalties payable 
Deferred revenue 
Income taxes payable 
Restructuring payments 
Other accrued liabilities 
Employee retirement plan contributions 
Other  

Cash Provided by Operating Activities 

Investing Activities 

Book composition and other product development spending 
Additions to technology, property and equipment 
Acquisitions, net of cash acquired 
Proceeds from settlement of foreign exchange forward contracts  
Proceeds from sale of consumer publishing programs 

Cash Used for Investing Activities 

Financing Activities 

Repayment of long-term debt 
Repayment of short-term debt 
Borrowings of long-term debt 
Borrowing of short-term debt 
Purchase of treasury stock 
Change in book overdrafts 
Cash dividends 
Debt financing costs 
Net proceeds (payments) from exercise of stock options and other 
Excess tax benefits from stock-based compensation  

Cash Used for Financing Activities 
Effects of Exchange Rate Changes on Cash 
Cash and Cash Equivalents 
Decrease for year 
Balance at beginning of year 
Balance at end of year 
Cash Paid During the Year for  

Interest 
Income taxes, net 

49,669 
40,209 
66,683 
13,355 
(2,575)
17,552
(414)
13,169
(112,370)
114,647
49,029
8,842
(6,871)
-

 (29,886)
8,003 
 (19,857) 
 22,692 
19,479
 (22,854)
10,908 
 (39,687)
 1,135
 314,501  

 (37,559)
 (110,700)
 (154,766)
60,417
- 
 (242,608)

 (923,007)
- 
  683,000 
- 
   (50,326)
(214)
   (71,545)
     -
15,506 
414 
 (346,172)
     (31,011)

   (305,290)
  363,806 
  58,516 

    49,764 
    39,658 
    66,427 
    28,611 
    (5,859) 
16,105 
     (1,027) 
    14,323 
 (110,135) 
  109,102 
- 
- 
        1,463 
     (1,151) 

 (14,456) 
 3,571 
 3,997 
 66,983 
 (7,091) 
 (29,864) 
 14,968 
 (34,214) 
 (7,000) 
 349,957 

 (37,272) 
 (93,705) 
 (20,418) 
- 
 - 
 (151,395) 

 (460,085) 
 (150,000) 
  415,000 
    50,000 
   (69,977) 
      1,725 
   (69,896) 
     (3,362) 
         (95) 
      1,027 
 (285,663) 
     (6,534) 

   (93,635) 
  457,441 
  363,806 

$
$

    15,733  $
33,674  $

    15,050  $
    38,579  $

The accompanying notes are an integral part of the consolidated financial statements. 

- 67 - 

51,214
40,639
62,072
28,804
-
13,617
(3,191)
22,599
(104,876)
110,054
-
-
(8,046)
(5,280)

4,488
9,696
31,305
3,913
8,330
(32,341)
(10,901)
(28,503)
(15,339)
355,122

(39,421)
(69,121)
(172,229)
-
1,100
(279,671)

(711,654)
-
659,369
100,000
(61,981)
(6,711)
(68,498)
-
25,326
3,191
(60,958)
(43,429)

(28,936)
486,377
457,441

14,875
45,646

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF SHAREHOLDERS’ EQUITY 

John Wiley & Sons, Inc., and Subsidiaries 

Dollars in thousands 

Common 
Stock 
Class A 

Common 
Stock 
Class B 

Additional 
Paid-in 
Capital 

Retained 
Earnings 

Treasury 
Stock 

Accumulated 
Other Comp- 
rehensive 
Loss 

Total 
Share- 
holder’s 
Equity 

Balance at April 30, 2014 

$69,798 

$13,392  

$327,588 

$1,489,069 

$(527,308) 

$(190,291) 

$1,182,248 

Restricted Shares Issued under Stock-based 

Compensation  Plans 

Proceeds from Exercise of Stock Options and 

Other 

Excess Tax Benefits from Stock-based 

Compensation 

Stock-based Compensation Expense 

Purchase of Treasury Shares 

Class A Common Stock Dividends  

Class B Common Stock Dividends  

Comprehensive Income (Loss) 

(3,471)  

12,093 

3,191  

13,617 

4,085 

13,230 

(61,981) 

(57,541) 

(10,957)  

176,868  

614  

25,323  

3,191  

13,617  

(61,981) 

(57,541)  

(10,957)  

(216,342)  

(39,474)  

Balance at April 30, 2015 

$69,798 

$13,392 

$353,018 

$1,597,439 

$(571,974) 

$(406,633) 

$1,055,040 

Restricted Shares Issued under Stock-based 

Compensation  Plans 

Net (Payments)/Proceeds from Exercise of 

Stock Options and Other 

Excess Tax Benefits from Stock-based 

Compensation 

Stock-based Compensation Expense 

Purchase of Treasury Shares 

Class A Common Stock Dividends  

Class B Common Stock Dividends  

Comprehensive Income (Loss) 

(3,152)  

1,700  

1,027  

16,105  

3,325  

(1,795)  

(69,977)  

(58,658) 

(11,238)  

145,782  

173  

(95)  

1,027   

16,105  

(69,977)  

(58,658)   

(11,238)   

(41,053)  

104,729  

Balance at April 30, 2016 

$69,798 

$13,392 

$368,698 

$1,673,325 

$(640,421) 

$(447,686) 

$1,037,106 

Restricted Shares Issued under Stock-based 

Compensation  Plans 

Net (Payments)/Proceeds from Exercise of 

Stock Options and Other 

Excess Tax Benefits from Stock-based 

Compensation 

Stock-based Compensation Expense 

Purchase of Treasury Shares 

Class A Common Stock Dividends  

Class B Common Stock Dividends  

Common Stock Class Conversions 

288 

(296) 

Comprehensive Income (Loss) 

(7,617) 

8,849 

414 

17,552 

8,013 

6,657 

(50,326) 

(60,143) 

(11,402) 

113,643 

396 

15,506 

414 

17,552 

(50,326) 

(60,143) 

(11,402) 

(8) 

(59,601) 

54,042 

Balance at April 30, 2017 

$70,086 

$13,096 

$387,896 

$1,715,423 

$(676,077) 

$(507,287) 

$1,003,137 

The accompanying notes are an integral part of the consolidated financial statements. 

- 68 - 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements 

Note 1 – Description of Business 

The  Company,  founded  in  1807,  was  incorporated  in  the  state  of  New  York  on  January  15,  1904.  As  used 
herein the term “Company” means John Wiley & Sons, Inc., and its subsidiaries and affiliated companies, unless 
the context indicates otherwise. 

The  Company  is  a  global  research  and  learning  company.  Through  its  Research  segment,  the  Company 
provides  scientific,  technical,  medical,  and  scholarly  journals,  as  well  as  related  content  and  services,  to 
academic,  corporate,  and  government  libraries,  learned  societies,  and  individual  researchers  and  other 
professionals.  The  Publishing  segment  provides  scientific,  professional,  and  education  books  and  related 
content in print and digital formats, as well as test preparation services and course workflow tools, to libraries, 
corporations,  students,  professionals,  and  researchers.  The  Solutions  segment  provides  online  program 
management services for higher education institutions and learning, development, and assessment services for 
businesses  and  professionals.  The  Company’s  operations  are  primarily  located  in  the  United  States,  Canada, 
United Kingdom, Germany, Singapore and Australia. 

Effective  August  1,  2016,  the  Company  completed  a  number  of  changes  to  its  organizational  structure  that 
resulted  in  a  change  in  how  the  Company  manages  its  business,  allocates  resources  and  measures 
performance.  As  a  result,  the  Company  has  revised  its  reportable  segments  to  reflect  how  management 
currently reviews financial information and makes operating decisions. Refer to Note 18, “Segment Information” 
for additional information on the changes in reportable segments. All prior period amounts have been adjusted 
to reflect the reportable segment change. 

Note 2 - Summary of Significant Accounting Policies 

Principles  of  Consolidation:  The  consolidated  financial  statements  include  the  accounts  of  the  Company. 
Investments  in  entities  in  which  the  Company  has  at  least  a  20%,  but  less  than  a  majority  interest,  are 
accounted  for  using  the  equity  method  of  accounting.  Investments  in  entities  in  which  the  Company  has  less 
than a 20% ownership and in which it does not exercise significant influence are accounted for using the cost 
method of accounting. All intercompany accounts and transactions have been eliminated in consolidation.  

Use  of  Estimates:  The  preparation  of  the  Company’s  financial  statements  in  conformity  with  accounting 
principles  generally  accepted  in  the  United  States  requires  management  to  make  estimates  and  assumptions 
that affect the reported amounts of assets and liabilities and disclosure of contingent assets and liabilities as of 
the date of the financial statements and reported amounts of revenue and expenses during the reporting period.  
Actual results could differ from those estimates. 

Reclassifications:  Certain  prior  year  amounts  have  been  reclassified  to  conform  to  the  current  year’s 
presentation.  

Book  Overdrafts:  Under  the  Company’s  cash  management  system,  a  book  overdraft  balance  exists  for  the 
Company’s  primary  disbursement  accounts.  This  overdraft  represents  uncleared  checks  in  excess  of  cash 
balances  in  individual  bank  accounts.  The  Company’s  funds  are  transferred  from  other  existing  bank  account 
balances  or  from  lines  of  credit  as  needed  to  fund  checks  presented  for  payment.    As  of  April  30,  2017  and 
2016, book overdrafts of $17.6 million and $17.8 million, respectively, were included in Accounts and Royalties 
Payable in the Consolidated Statements of Financial Position.   

- 69 - 

Revenue  Recognition:  The  Company  recognizes  revenue  when  the  following  criteria  are  met:  persuasive 
evidence  that  an  arrangement  exists;  delivery  has  occurred  or  services  have  been  rendered;  the  price  to  the 
customer is fixed or determinable; and collectability is reasonably assured.  If all of the above criteria have been 
met, revenue is recognized upon shipment of products or when services have been rendered. Revenue related 
to  journal  subscriptions  and  other  products  and  services  that  are  generally  collected  in  advance  are  deferred 
and recognized as earned over the term of the subscription; when the related issue is shipped; made available 
online; or the service is rendered, in accordance with contractual terms. Collectability is evaluated based on the 
amount involved, the credit history of the customer, and the status of the customer’s account with the Company.   

The  Company  transitioned  from  issue-based  to  time-based  digital  journal  subscription  agreements  starting  in 
calendar year 2016. Under this new model, the Company provides access to all journal content published within 
a calendar year and recognizes revenue on a straight-line basis over the calendar year. Under the Company’s 
previous licensing model, a customer subscribed to a discrete number of online journal issues and revenue was 
recognized  as  each  issue  was  made  available  online.  The  Company  made  these  changes  to  simplify  the 
contracting and administration of its digital journal subscriptions.  

When  a  product  is  sold  with  multiple  deliverables,  the  Company  accounts  for  each  deliverable  within  the 
arrangement as a separate unit of accounting due to the fact that each deliverable is also sold on a stand-alone 
basis. The total consideration of a multiple-element arrangement is allocated to each unit of accounting based 
on  the  price  charged  by  the  Company  when  it  is  sold  separately.  The  Company’s  multiple  deliverable 
arrangements  principally  include  WileyPLUS,  an  online  course  management  tool  which  includes  a  complete 
print  or  digital  textbook  for  the  course;  negotiated  licenses  for  bundles  of  digital  content  available  on  Wiley 
Online  Library,  the  online  publishing  platform  for  the  Company’s  Research  business;  and  test  preparation, 
assessment, certification and training services which can include bundles of print and digital content and online 
workflow solutions.   

The Company enters into contracts for the resale of its content through a third party where the Company is not 
the primary obligor of the arrangement because it is not responsible for fulfilling the customer’s order;  handling 
customer requests or claims; and/or maintains credit risk. The Company recognizes revenue for the sale of its 
content,  net  of  any  commission  owed  to  the  third  party  seller,  or  taxes,  which  are  remitted  to  government 
authorities. 

Cash Equivalents: Cash equivalents consist of highly liquid investments with an original maturity of three months 
or less and are stated at cost plus accrued interest, which approximates market value. 

Allowance  for  Doubtful  Accounts:  The  estimated  allowance  for  doubtful  accounts  is  based  on  a  review  of  the 
aging of the accounts receivable balances, historical write-off experience, credit evaluations of customers and 
current  market  conditions.  A  change  in  the  evaluation  of  a  customer’s  credit  could  affect  the  estimated 
allowance.  The  allowance  for  doubtful  accounts  is  shown  as  a  reduction  of  Accounts  Receivable  in  the 
Consolidated  Statements  of  Financial  Position  and  amounted  to  $7.2  million  and  $7.3  million  as  of  April  30, 
2017 and 2016, respectively. 

Sales  Return  Reserves:  The  process  which  the  Company  uses  to  determine  its  sales  returns  and  the  related 
reserve  provision  charged  against  revenue  is  based  on  applying  an  estimated  return  rate  to  current  year 
returnable  print  book  sales.  This  rate  is  based  upon  an  analysis  of  actual  historical  return  experience  in  the 
various  markets  and  geographic  regions  in  which  the  Company  does  business.  The  Company  collects, 
maintains  and  analyzes  significant  amounts  of  sales  returns  data  for  large  volumes  of  homogeneous 
transactions.  This  allows  the  Company  to  make  reasonable  estimates  of  the  amount  of  future  returns.  All 

- 70 - 

available data is utilized to identify the returns by market and as to which fiscal year the sales returns apply. This 
enables management to track the returns in detail and identify and react to trends occurring in the marketplace, 
with  the  objective  of  being  able  to  make  the  most  informed  judgments  possible  in  setting  reserve  rates. 
Associated with the estimated sales return reserves, the Company also includes a related reduction in inventory 
and royalty costs as a result of the expected returns. Net print book sales return reserves amounted to $24.3 
million and $19.9 million as of April 30, 2017 and 2016, respectively.  

The  reserves  are  reflected  in  the  following  accounts  of  the  Consolidated  Statements  of  Financial  Position  – 
(decrease) increase as of April 30: 

Accounts Receivable 
Inventories 
Accounts and Royalties Payable 
Decrease in Net Assets 

2017 
$(34,769) 
$4,727 
$(5,741) 
$(24,300) 

2016 
$(29,447)
4,924
(4,662)
$(19,861)

Inventories:  Inventories  are  carried  at  the  lower  of  cost  or  market.  U.S.  book  inventories  aggregating  $31.5 
million and $31.0 million at April 30, 2017 and 2016, respectively, are valued using the last-in, first-out (LIFO) 
method.  All other inventories are valued using the first-in, first-out (FIFO) method.  

Reserve for Inventory Obsolescence: A reserve for inventory obsolescence is estimated based on a review of 
damaged, obsolete, or otherwise unsalable inventory. The review encompasses historical unit sales trends by 
title;  current  market  conditions,  including  estimates  of  customer  demand  compared  to  the  number  of  units 
currently  on  hand;  and  publication  revision  cycles.  The  inventory  obsolescence  reserve  is  reported  as  a 
reduction  of  the  Inventories  balance  in  the  Consolidated  Statements  of  Financial  Position  and  amounted  to 
$21.1 million and $22.0 million as of April 30, 2017 and 2016, respectively.  

Product Development Assets:  Product development assets consist of book composition costs, royalty advances 
and other product development costs. Costs associated with developing a book publication are expensed until 
the  product  is  determined  to  be  commercially  viable.  Book  composition  costs  represent  the  costs  incurred  to 
bring  an  edited  commercial  manuscript  to  publication,  which  include  typesetting,  proofreading,  design, 
illustration costs, and digital formatting. Book composition costs are capitalized and are generally amortized on a 
double-declining  basis  over  their  estimated  useful  lives,  ranging  from  1  to  3  years.  Royalty  advances  are 
capitalized  and,  upon  publication,  are  expensed  as  royalties  earned  based  on  sales  of  the  published  works.  
Royalty  advances  are  reviewed  for  recoverability  and  a  reserve  for  loss  is  maintained,  if  appropriate.  Other 
product development costs represent the costs incurred in developing software, platforms and digital content to 
be sold and licensed to third parties. Other product development costs are capitalized and generally amortized 
on a straight-line basis over their estimated useful lives. As of April 30, 2017, the weighted average estimated 
useful life of other product development costs was approximately 5 years.  

Shipping and Handling Costs: Costs incurred for third party shipping and handling are reflected in the Operating 
and Administrative Expenses line item in the Consolidated Statements of Income. The Company incurred $39.1 
million,  $40.5  million,  and  $42.5  million  in  shipping  and  handling  costs  in  fiscal  years  2017,  2016  and  2015, 
respectively. 

Advertising Expense: Advertising costs are expensed as incurred. The Company incurred $61.4 million, $54.1 
million and $40.8 million in advertising costs in fiscal years 2017, 2016 and 2015, respectively. 

Technology, Property and Equipment: Technology, property and equipment is recorded at cost. Major renewals 
and improvements are capitalized, while maintenance and repairs are expensed as incurred.  

- 71 - 

  
Technology,  property  and  equipment  is  depreciated  using  the  straight-line  method  based  upon  the  following 
estimated useful lives: Computer Software – 3 to 10 years; Computer Hardware - 3 to 5 years; Buildings and 
Leasehold Improvements – the lesser of the estimated useful life of the asset up to 40 years or the duration of 
the lease; Furniture, Fixtures and Warehouse Equipment - 3 to 10 years. 

Costs  incurred  for  computer  software  developed  or  obtained  for  internal  use  are  capitalized  during  the 
the  preliminary  project  and  post-
application  development  stage  and  expensed  as 
implementation stages. Costs incurred during the application development stage include costs of materials and 
services,  and  payroll  and  payroll-related  costs  for  employees  who  are  directly  associated  with  the  software 
project. Such costs are amortized over the expected useful life of the related software which is generally 3 to 6 
years. Costs related to the investment in the Company’s Enterprise Resource Planning and related systems are 
amortized over an expected useful life of 10 years. Maintenance, training, and upgrade costs that do not result 
in additional functionality are expensed as incurred. 

incurred  during 

Allocation  of  Acquisition  Purchase  Price  to  Assets  Acquired  and  Liabilities  Assumed:  In  connection  with 
acquisitions, the Company allocates the cost of the acquisition to the assets acquired and the liabilities assumed 
based on the estimates of fair value for such items, including intangible assets and technology acquired. Such 
estimates  include  discounted  estimated  cash  flows  to  be  generated  by  those  assets  and  the  expected  useful 
lives based on historical experience, current market trends, and synergies to be achieved from the acquisition 
and  the  expected  tax  basis  of  assets  acquired.  The  Company  may  use  a  third  party  valuation  consultant  to 
assist in the determination of such estimates. 

Goodwill and Indefinite-lived Intangible Assets: Goodwill is the excess of the purchase price paid over the fair 
value of the net assets of the business acquired.  Indefinite-lived intangible assets primarily consist of brands, 
trademarks, content and publishing rights and are typically characterized by intellectual property with a long and 
well-established  revenue  stream  resulting  from  strong  and  well-established  imprint/brand  recognition  in  the 
market.  Goodwill  and  indefinite-lived  intangible  assets  are  not  amortized  but  are  reviewed  annually  for 
impairment, or more frequently if events or changes in circumstances indicate the asset might be impaired. The 
Company  evaluates  the  recoverability  of  indefinite-lived  intangible  assets  by  comparing  the  fair  value  of  the 
intangible  asset  to  its  carrying  value.  To  estimate  the  fair  value  of  its  goodwill  and  indefinite-lived  intangible 
assets, the Company uses either discounted cash flows or revenue multiples for comparable transactions in the 
marketplace. 

To  evaluate  the  recoverability  of  goodwill,  the  Company  uses  a  two-step  impairment  test  approach  at  the 
reporting  unit  level.  In  the  first  step,  the  estimated  fair  value  of  the  entire  reporting  unit  is  compared  to  its 
carrying value including goodwill. If the fair value of the reporting unit is less than the carrying value, a second 
step is performed to determine the charge for goodwill impairment. In the second step, the Company determines 
an  implied  fair  value  of  the  reporting  unit’s  goodwill  by  determining  the  fair  value  of  the  individual  assets  and 
liabilities (including any previously unrecognized intangible assets) of the reporting unit other than goodwill. The 
resulting  implied  fair  value  of  the  goodwill  is  compared  to  the  carrying  amount  and  an  impairment  charge  is 
recognized for the difference.  

In  certain  circumstances,  the  Company  uses  a  qualitative  assessment  as  an  alternative  to  the  two-step  test 
approach.  Under  this  approach  certain  market,  industry  and  financial  performance  factors  are  considered  to 
determine whether it is more likely than not that the fair value of a reporting unit is less than its carrying amount. 
If  that  is  the  case,  the  two-step  approach  described  above  is  then  performed  to  evaluate  the  recoverability  of 
goodwill. 

- 72 - 

Intangible Assets with Finite Lives and Other Long-Lived Assets: Finite-lived intangible assets principally consist 
of brands, trademarks, content and publication rights, customer relationships and non-compete agreements and 
are amortized over their estimated useful lives. The most significant factors in determining the estimated lives of 
these  intangibles  are  the  history  and  longevity  of  the  brands,  trademarks  and  content  and  publication  rights 
acquired  combined  with  the  strength  of  cash  flows.  Content  and  publication  rights,  trademarks,  customer 
relationships and brands with finite lives are amortized on a straight-line basis over periods ranging from 5 to 40 
years.  Non-compete  agreements  are  amortized  over  the  terms  of  the  individual  agreement,  generally  up  to  5 
years.  

Intangible assets with finite lives as of April 30, 2017 are amortized on a straight line basis over the following 
weighted average estimated useful lives: content and publishing rights – 31 years; customer relationships – 20 
years; brands and trademarks – 15 years; non-compete agreements – 5 years.  

Assets  with  finite  lives  are  only  evaluated  for  impairment  upon  a  significant  change  in  the  operating  or 
macroeconomic environment.  In these circumstances, if an evaluation of the projected undiscounted cash flows 
indicates impairment, the asset is written down to its estimated fair value based on the discounted future cash 
flows. 

Derivative  Financial  Instruments:  The  Company,  from  time  to  time,  enters  into  foreign  exchange  forward  and 
interest  rate  swap  contracts  as  a  hedge  against  foreign  currency  asset  and  liability  commitments,  changes  in 
interest  rates  and  anticipated  transaction  exposures,  including  intercompany  purchases.  All  derivatives  are 
recognized as assets or liabilities and measured at fair value.  Derivatives that are not determined to be effective 
hedges  are  adjusted  to  fair  value  with  a  corresponding  adjustment  to  earnings.  The  Company  does  not  use 
financial instruments for trading or speculative purposes.   

Foreign  Currency  Gains/Losses:  The  Company  maintains  operations  in  many  non-U.S.  locations.  Assets  and 
liabilities  are  translated  into  U.S.  dollars  using  end  of  period  exchange  rates  and  revenues  and  expense  are 
translated  into  U.S.  dollars  using  weighted  average  rates.  The  Company’s  significant  investments  in  non-U.S. 
businesses  are  exposed  to  foreign  currency  risk.  Foreign  currency  translation  adjustments  are  reported  as  a 
separate component of Accumulated Other Comprehensive Loss within Shareholders’ Equity. During fiscal year 
2017,  the  Company  recorded  $51.3  million  of  foreign  currency  translation  losses  primarily  due  to  the 
strengthening  of  the  U.S.  dollar  relative  to  the  British  pound  sterling.  Foreign  currency  transaction  gains  or 
losses are recognized in the Consolidated Statements of Income as incurred. 

Stock-Based  Compensation:  The  Company  recognizes  stock-based  compensation  expense  based  on  the  fair 
value of the stock-based awards on the grant date, reduced by an estimate for future forfeited awards.  As such, 
stock-based  compensation  expense  is  only  recognized  for  those  awards  that  are  expected  to  ultimately  vest. 
The  fair  value  of  stock-based  awards  is  recognized  in  net  income  on  a  straight-line  basis  over  the  requisite 
service period. Stock-based compensation expense associated with performance-based stock awards is based 
on actual financial results for targets established three years in advance. The cumulative effect on current and 
prior periods of a change in the estimated number of performance share awards, or estimated forfeiture rate, is 
recognized as an adjustment to earnings in the period of the revision. 

Recently Issued Accounting Standards:  

In May 2017, the Financial Accounting Standards Board (“FASB”) issued Accounting Standard Update (“ASU”) 
2017-09 “Compensation - Stock Compensation (Topic 718): Scope of Modification Accounting”, which clarifies 
when  changes  to  the  terms  or  conditions  of  a  share-based  payment  award  require  an  entity  to  apply 
modification  accounting.  Under  the  new  guidance,  modification  accounting  is  only  required  if  the  fair  value, 
- 73 - 

vesting  conditions  or  classification  (equity  or  liability)  of  the  new  award  are  different  from  the  original  award 
immediately before the original award is modified. The standard is effective for the Company on May 1, 2018, 
with early adoption permitted. The new guidance must be applied prospectively to awards modified on or after 
the  adoption  date.  The  future  impact  of  ASU  2017-09  will  be  dependent  on  the  nature  of  future  stock  award 
modifications.  

In March 2017, the FASB issued ASU 2017-07 “Compensation-Retirement Benefits (Topic 715): Improving the 
Presentation  of  Net  Periodic  Pension  Cost  and  Net  Periodic  Postretirement  Benefit  Cost.”  The  guidance 
requires  that  the  service  cost  component  of  net  pension  and  postretirement  benefit  costs  be  reported  in  the 
same line item as other compensation costs arising from services rendered by the pertinent employees during 
the period, while the other components of net benefit costs must be reported separately from the service cost 
component  and  below  operating  income.  The  guidance  also  allows  only  the  service  cost  component  to  be 
eligible for capitalization when applicable. The standard is effective for the Company on May 1, 2018, with early 
adoption permitted. The new guidance must be applied retrospectively for the presentation of net benefit costs 
in  the  income  statement  and  prospectively  for  the  capitalization  of  the  service  cost  component  of  net  benefit 
costs. Although the Company does not expect the standard to have an impact on its consolidated net income, 
the Company’s net pension and postretirement costs for fiscal year 2017 include approximately $2.8 million of 
net benefit expense that will be reclassified from operating income to a line item below operating income upon 
adoption. 

In January 2017, the FASB issued ASU 2017-04 “Intangibles – Goodwill and Other (Topic 350): “Simplifying the 
Test for Goodwill Impairment”, which simplifies the measurement of a potential goodwill impairment charge by 
eliminating  the  requirement  to  calculate  an  implied  fair  value  of  the  goodwill  based  on  the  fair  value  of  a 
reporting  unit’s  other  assets  and  liabilities.  The  new  guidance  eliminates  the  implied  fair  value  method  and 
instead  measures  a  potential  impairment  charge  based  on  the  excess  of  a  reporting  unit’s  carrying  value 
compared to its fair value. The impairment charge cannot exceed the total amount of goodwill allocated to that 
reporting unit. The standard is effective for the Company on May 1, 2020, with early adoption permitted. Based 
on  the  Company’s  most  recent  annual  goodwill  impairment  test  completed  in  fiscal  year  2017,  the  Company 
expects no initial impact on adoption.  

In January 2017, the FASB issued ASU 2017-01 “Business Combinations (Topic 805): Clarifying the Definition 
of  a  Business”,  which  clarifies  the  definition  of  a  business  in  order  to  allow  for  the  evaluation  of  whether 
transactions  should  be  accounted  for  as  acquisitions  or  disposals  of  assets  or  business.  The  standard  is 
effective for the Company on May 1, 2018, with early adoption permitted.  The future impact of ASU 2017-01 will 
be dependent upon the nature of future acquisitions or dispositions made by the Company. 

In  October  2016,  the  FASB  issued  ASU  2016-16  “Income  Taxes  (Topic  740):  Intra-Entity  Transfers  of  Assets 
Other than Inventory”, which simplifies the accounting for the income tax consequences of intra-entity transfers 
of assets other than inventory.  Current GAAP prohibits the recognition of current and deferred income taxes for 
an intra-entity asset transfer until the asset has been sold to an outside party. The new guidance states that an 
entity should recognize the income tax consequences of an intra-entity transfer of an asset other than inventory 
when the transfer occurs. Consequently, the amendments in this standard eliminate the exception for an intra-
entity transfer of an asset other than inventory. The standard is effective for the Company on May 1, 2018, with 
early adoption permitted. The Company expects no initial impact upon adoption. 

In August 2016, the FASB issued ASU 2016-15 “Statement of Cash Flows (Topic 230): Classification of Certain 
Cash Receipts and Cash Payments”, which provides clarification on classifying a variety of activities within the 
Statement  of  Cash  flows.  The  standard  is  effective  for  the  Company  on  May  1,  2018,  with  early  adoption 

- 74 - 

permitted. The Company is currently assessing the impact the new guidance will have on its statement of cash 
flows.    

In March 2016, the FASB issued ASU 2016-09 “Compensation-Stock Compensation (Topic 718): Improvements 
to  Employee  Share-Based  Payment  Accounting”,  which  simplifies  the  accounting  for  share-based  payment 
transactions, including income taxes, classification of awards as either equity or liabilities, and classification on 
the statement of cash flows. The new guidance also allows an entity to make an accounting policy election to 
account  for  forfeitures when  they  occur  or  to  estimate  the  number  of  awards that  are  expected  to  vest with  a 
subsequent true up to actual forfeitures (current GAAP). The standard is effective for the Company on May 1, 
2017,  with  early  adoption  permitted.  The  Company  will  adopt  the  standard  on  a  prospective  basis  on  May  1, 
2017 and plans to continue estimating expected forfeitures.  

In  February  2016,  the  FASB  issued  ASU  2016-02  "Leases  (Topic  842)”.    ASU  2016-02  requires  lessees  to 
recognize  most  leases  on  the  balance  sheet  which  will  result  in  an  increase  in  reported  assets  and  liabilities. 
The  recognition  of  expenses  within  the  income  statement  is  consistent  with  the  existing  lease  accounting 
standards.  There  are  no  significant  changes  in  the  new  standard  for  lessors  under  operating  leases.  The 
standard  is  effective  for  the  Company  on  May  1,  2019  with  early  adoption  permitted.  Adoption  requires 
application of the new guidance for all periods presented. The Company is currently assessing the impact the 
new guidance will have on its consolidated financial statements. 

In November 2015, the FASB issued ASU 2015-17 “Income Taxes (Topic 740): Balance Sheet Classification of 
Deferred Taxes”, to simplify the presentation of deferred income taxes. The amendments in this update require 
that  all  deferred  tax  assets  and  liabilities,  including  those  previously  classified  as  current,  be  classified  as 
noncurrent  in  a  classified  statement  of  financial  position.  The  amendments  in  the  standard  will  align  the 
presentation  of  deferred  income  tax  assets  and  liabilities  with  International  Financial  Reporting  Standards 
(“IFRS”). The Company adopted the new guidance on a prospective basis effective April 30, 2017. Accordingly, 
prior period accounts were not adjusted. The adoption had no impact on the Company’s results of operations or 
statement of cash flows.  

In April 2015, the FASB issued ASU 2015-05 "Intangibles- Goodwill and Other- Internal-Use Software (Subtopic 
350-40):  Customer’s  Accounting  for  Fees  Paid  in  Cloud  Computing  Arrangements"  (“ASU  2015-05”).  Cloud 
computing  arrangements  represent  the  delivery  of  hosted  services  over  the  internet  which  includes  software, 
platforms,  infrastructure  and  other  hosting  arrangements.  The  ASU  provides  criteria  to  determine  whether  the 
cloud  computing  arrangement  includes  a  software  license.  A  software  license  can  include  customized 
development, maintenance, hosting and other related costs. If the criteria are met, the customer will capitalize 
the  fee  attributable  to  the  software  license  portion  of  the  arrangement  as  internal-use  software.  If  the 
arrangement  does  not  include  a  software  license,  it  should  be  treated  as  a  service  contract.  The  Company 
adopted the new guidance on a prospective basis for all arrangements entered into or materially modified after 
May 1, 2016.  

In  May  2014,  the  FASB  issued  ASU  2014-09  "Revenue  from  Contracts  with  Customers"  (Topic  606)  (“ASU 
2014-09”), and the International Accounting Standards Board (“IASB”) published its equivalent standard, IFRS 
15, “Revenue from Contracts with Customers”. These joint comprehensive new revenue recognition standards 
will supersede most existing revenue recognition guidance and are intended to improve and converge revenue 
recognition and related financial reporting requirements. The standard is effective for the Company on May 1, 
2018. The standard allows for either “full retrospective” adoption, meaning the standard is applied to all periods 
presented,  or  “cumulative  effect”  adoption,  meaning  the  standard  is  applied  only  to  the  most  current  period 
presented  in  the  financial  statements.  Subsequently,  the  FASB  issued  ASU  No.  2016-08,  “Revenue  from 

- 75 - 

Contracts  with  Customers  (Topic  606)  –  Principal  versus  Agent  Considerations”  (“ASU  2016-08”),  ASU  No. 
2016-10,  “Revenue  from  Contracts  with  Customers  (Topic  606)  –  Identifying  Performance  Obligations  and 
Licensing”  (“ASU  2016-10”),  ASU  2016-12,  “Revenue  from  Contracts  with  Customers  (Topic  606)  –  Narrow 
Scope  Improvements  and  Practical  Expedients”  (“ASU  2016-12”),  and  ASU  2016-20,  “Technical  Corrections 
and  Improvements  to  Topic  606,  Revenue  from  Contracts  with  Customers”  (“ASU  2016-20”),  which  provide 
clarification  and  additional  guidance  related  to  ASU  2014-09.  The  Company  must  adopt  ASU  2016-08,  ASU 
2016-10,  ASU  2016-12,  and  ASU  2016-20  with  ASU  2014-09.  The  Company  is  utilizing  a  comprehensive 
approach  to  assess  the  impact  of  the  guidance  on  its  contract  portfolio  by  reviewing  its  current  accounting 
policies and practices to identify potential differences that would result from applying the new requirements to its 
revenue  contracts  and  is  currently  evaluating  the  effect  that  implementation  of  this  standard  will  have  on  its 
consolidated financial position and results of operations.  The Company currently plans to adopt the standard on 
May 1, 2018 using the cumulative effect method.   

Note 3 – Reconciliation of Weighted Average Shares Outstanding 

A reconciliation of the shares used in the computation of earnings per share for the years ended April 30 follows 
(in thousands): 

2017 

2016 

2015 

Weighted Average Shares Outstanding 

57,531   

58,253   

59,004   

Less:  Unearned Restricted Shares 

Shares Used for Basic Earnings Per Share 

Dilutive Effect of Stock Options and Other Stock Awards 

Shares Used for Diluted Earnings Per Share 

(194) 

57,337 

862 

58,199 

(255) 

57,998 

736 

58,734 

(271) 

58,733 

861 

59,594 

Since  their  inclusion  in  the  calculation  of  diluted  earnings  per  share  would  have  been  anti-dilutive,  options  to 
purchase 301,527, 336,803 and 178,144 shares of Class A Common Stock have been excluded for fiscal years 
2017,  2016  and  2015,  respectively.  In  addition,  for  fiscal  years  2016  and  2015  unearned  restricted  shares  of 
15,200 and 2,500, respectively, have been excluded as their inclusion would have been anti-dilutive.  

Note 4- Accumulated Other Comprehensive Loss  

Changes in Accumulated Other Comprehensive Loss by component, net of tax, for the fiscal years ended April 
30, 2017 and 2016 were as follows (in thousands): 

Balance at April 30, 2015 

Other comprehensive loss before 

reclassifications 

Amounts reclassified from Accumulated 

Other Comprehensive loss 
Total other comprehensive loss 

Balance at April 30, 2016 

Other comprehensive (loss) income 

before reclassifications 

Amounts reclassified from Accumulated 

Other Comprehensive loss 

Total other comprehensive (loss) income  

Balance at April 30, 2017 

Foreign 
Currency 
Translation 
$(246,854)

  Unamortized 
Retirement 
Costs 
$(159,434)

Interest 
Rate 
Swaps 

$(345) 

Total 
$(406,633)

(21,066)

(24,930)

(569) 

(46,565)

-
(21,066)
$(267,920)

4,959
(19,971)
$(179,405)

553 
(16) 
$(361) 

5,512
(41,053)
$(447,686)

(51,292)

(18,458)

2,735 

(67,015)

-
(51,292)
$(319,212)

- 76 - 

7,361
(11,097)
$(190,502)

53 
2,788 
$2,427 

7,414
(59,601)
$(507,287)

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
For the fiscal years ended April 30, 2017 and 2016, pre-tax actuarial losses included in Unamortized Retirement 
Costs  of  approximately  $11.1  million  and  $6.2  million,  respectively,  were  amortized  from  Accumulated  Other 
Comprehensive  Loss  and  recognized  as  pension  expense  in  Operating  and  Administrative  Expenses  in  the 
Consolidated Statements of Income.  

Note 5 – Acquisitions 

Atypon:  

On  September  30,  2016,  the  Company  acquired  the  net  assets  of  Atypon  Systems,  Inc.  (“Atypon”),  a  Silicon 
Valley-based publishing-software company, for approximately $121 million in cash, net of cash acquired. Atypon 
is a publishing software and service provider that enables scholarly and professional societies and publishers to 
deliver, host, enhance, market and manage their content on the web. Atypon is headquartered in Santa Clara, 
CA, with approximately 260 employees in the U.S. and EMEA. Atypon provides services through Literatum, an 
innovative platform that primarily serves the scientific, technical, medical and scholarly industry. This software 
gives publishers direct control over how their content is displayed, promoted and monetized on the web. Atypon 
generated  over  $31  million  in  calendar  year  2015  revenue.  Literatum  hosts  nearly  9,000  journals,  13  million 
journal articles and more than 1,800 publication web sites for over 1,500 societies and publishers, accounting 
for  a  third  of  the  world’s  English-language  scholarly  journal  articles.  The  $121  million  purchase  price  was 
allocated  on  a  preliminary  basis  mainly  to  identifiable  long-lived  intangible  assets,  including  customer 
relationships  ($14  million),  software  ($28  million),  goodwill  ($70  million)  and  trademarks  ($6  million),  with  the 
remainder allocated to working capital ($3 million). The fair value of intangible assets and technology acquired 
was based on management’s assessment performed with the assistance of a third party valuation consultant. 
Goodwill represents the excess of the purchase price over the fair value of net assets acquired and comprises 
the  estimated  value  of  Atypon’s  workforce,  unidentifiable  intangible  assets  and  the  fair  value  of  expected 
synergies.  The  identifiable  long-lived  intangible  assets  with  definitive  lives  are  primarily  amortized  over  a 
weighted average estimated useful life of approximately 12 years. The Company expects to finalize its purchase 
accounting for Atypon by September 30, 2017. Atypon’s revenue and operating loss included in the Company’s 
results for fiscal year 2017 were $19.1 million and $3.5 million, respectively.  

CrossKnowledge: 

On May 1, 2014, the Company acquired CrossKnowledge Group Limited (“CrossKnowledge”) for approximately 
$166  million  in  cash,  net  of  cash  acquired.  CrossKnowledge  is  a  learning  solutions  provider  focused  on 
leadership and managerial skills development that offers subscription-based, digital learning solutions for global 
corporations,  universities,  and  small  and  medium-sized  enterprises.  CrossKnowledge’s  solutions  include  a 
variety of managerial and leadership skills assessments, courses, certifications, content and executive training 
programs that are delivered on a cloud-based LMS platform with over 19,000 learning objects in 17 languages. 
CrossKnowledge  serves  over  seven  million  end-users  in  80  countries.  For  fiscal  years  2017,  2016  and  2015 
CrossKnowledge’s  revenue  included  in  Wiley’s  results  was  $60.1  million,  $50.7  million  and  $42.0  million, 
respectively.   

The  $166  million  purchase  price  was  allocated  to  identifiable  long-lived  intangible  assets,  mainly  customer 
relationships  and  content  ($63.0  million);  technology  ($6.3  million);  long-term  deferred  tax  liabilities  ($21.5 
million); negative working capital ($4.3 million); and goodwill ($122.5 million). The fair value of intangible assets 
and  technology  acquired  was  based  on  management’s  assessment  performed  with  the  assistance  of  a  third 
party valuation consultant. Goodwill represents the excess of the purchase price over the fair value of net assets 
acquired  and  comprises  the  estimated  value  of  CrossKnowledge’s  workforce,  unidentifiable  intangible  assets 
and  the  fair  value of  expected synergies.  None  of  the  goodwill  is deductible  for  tax  purposes.  The  identifiable 

- 77 - 

long-lived  intangible  assets  are  primarily  amortized  over  a  weighted  average  estimated  useful  life  of 
approximately  15  years.  The  acquisition  was  funded  through  the  use  of  the  Company’s  existing  credit  facility 
and available cash balances.  

Fiscal  years  2017,  2016  and  2015  also  include  approximately  $34  million,  $20  million  and  $6  million, 
respectively, related to acquisitions of publication rights for society journals.   

Note 6 – Restructuring Charges 

In  fiscal  years  2017,  2016  and  2015,  the  Company  recorded  pre-tax  restructuring  charges  of  $13.4  million 
($0.15 per share),  $28.6 million ($0.32 per share) and $28.8 million ($0.34 per share), respectively, which are 
reflected  in  the  Restructuring  Charges  line  item  in  the  Consolidated  Statements  of  Income  and  described  in 
more detail below: 

Restructuring and Reinvestment Program: 

Beginning in fiscal year 2013, the Company initiated a program (the “Restructuring and Reinvestment Program”) 
to restructure and realign its cost base with current and anticipated future market conditions. The Company is 
targeting a majority of the cost savings achieved to improve margins and earnings, while the remainder will be 
reinvested in high growth digital business opportunities.   

The following tables summarize the pre-tax restructuring charges related to this program (in thousands):  

2017 

2016 

2015 

Total Charges 
Incurred to Date 

Charges by Segment: 

Research 
Publishing 
Solutions 
Shared Services 

Total Restructuring Charges 

Charges by Activity: 
Severance 
Process Reengineering Consulting 
Other Activities 

Total Restructuring Charges 

$1,949 
1,596 
1,787 
8,023 
$13,355 

$8,386 
148 
4,821 
$13,355 

$2,982 
4,507 
1,042 
20,080 
$28,611 

$16,443 
7,191 
4,977 
$28,611 

$4,555 
5,956 
- 
18,293 
$28,804 

$17,093 
301 
11,410 
$28,804 

$20,156 
32,488 
2,552 
82,748 
$137,944 

$87,590 
18,814 
31,540 
$137,944 

Other  Activities  reflects  leased  facility  consolidations,  contract  termination  costs  and  the  curtailment  of  certain 
defined benefit pension plans.  

The following table summarizes the activity for the Restructuring and Reinvestment Program liability for fiscal 
year 2017 (in thousands): 

  April 30, 

Foreign 
Translation & 

Severance 
Process Reengineering Consulting 
Other Activities 
Total 

2016 
$16,657 
- 
11,852 
$28,509 

Charges 
$8,386 
148 
4,821 
$13,355 

Payments  Reclassification 
$(845) 
$(14,116) 
- 
(148) 
4,625 
(8,590) 
$3,780 
$(22,854) 

April 30, 
2017 
$10,082 
- 
12,708 
$22,790 

- 78 - 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
The  restructuring  liability  for  accrued  severance  costs  is  reflected  in  Accrued  Employment  Costs  in  the 
Consolidated  Statements  of  Financial  Position.  Approximately  $2.7  million  and  $10.0  million  of  the  Other 
Activities are reflected in Other Accrued Liabilities and Other Long-Term Liabilities, respectively.  

Note 7 – Inventories 

Inventories at April 30 were as follows (in thousands):  

Finished Goods 
Work-in-Process 
Paper and Other Materials 

Inventory Value of Estimated Sales Returns 
LIFO Reserve 
Total Inventories 

2017
$38,329
7,078
650
46,057
4,727
(2,932)
$47,852

2016 
$45,170
7,592
4,867
57,629
4,924
(4,774)
$57,779

See  Note  2,  Summary  of  Significant  Accounting  Policies  -  Sales  Return  Reserves  for  a  discussion  of  the 
Inventory Value of Estimated Sales Returns. Finished Goods are net of a reserve for inventory obsolescence of 
$21.1  million  and  $22.0  million  as  of  April  30,  2017  and  2016,  respectively.  During  fiscal  year  2017,  the 
Company  outsourced  the  majority  of  its  paper  inventory  management  to  third  party  printers  which  drove  the 
decline in Paper, Cloth and Other above.  

Note 8 – Product Development Assets 

Product development assets consisted of the following at April 30 (in thousands): 

Book Composition Costs 
Royalty Advances 
Other Product Development Costs 
Total 

2017 
$28,884
28,320
42,071
$99,275

2016 
$34,697
31,182
6,247
$72,126

Book composition costs are net of accumulated amortization of $172.6 million and $179.6 million as of April 30, 
2017 and 2016, respectively. Other Product Development Costs are net of accumulated amortization of $26.4 
million  and  $19.7  million  as  of  April  30,  2017  and  2016,  respectively.  The  increase  in  Other  Product 
Development  Costs  was  principally  due  to  the  Atypon  acquisition  ($28  million)  and  other  spending  to  support 
business growth.  

Note 9 – Technology, Property and Equipment  

Technology, property and equipment consisted of the following at April 30 (in thousands): 

Capitalized Software  
Computer Hardware 
Buildings and Leasehold Improvements 
Furniture, Fixtures and Warehouse Equipment 
Land and Land Improvements 

Accumulated Depreciation 
Total 

2017 
$373,456
60,467
103,774
55,106
3,354
596,157
(343,669)
$252,488

2016 
$418,865 
121,103 
84,923 
54,607 
3,726 
683,224 
(468,454) 
$214,770 

- 79 - 

 
 
 
 
 
 
The net book value of capitalized software costs was $192.7 million and $151.5 million as of April 30, 2017 and 
2016,  respectively.  Depreciation  expense  recognized  in  fiscal  years  2017,  2016,  and  2015  for  capitalized 
software costs was approximately $48.3 million, $49.6 million and $42.1 million, respectively. In fiscal year 2017, 
the  Company  wrote  off  approximately  $178.1  million  of  fully  depreciated  capitalized  software  and  computer 
hardware that were no longer in use.   

Note 10 - Goodwill and Intangible Assets 

The following table summarizes the activity in goodwill by segment as of April 30 (in thousands): 

Research 
Publishing 
Solutions 

Total 

$406,395
284,217
261,051

$951,663

Intangible assets as of April 30 were as follows (in thousands): 

2016 

Acquisitions 

Foreign 
Translation 
Adjustment 

$(38,334) 
(1,025) 
(3,475) 

2017 

$437,928
283,192
260,981

69,867
         -
3,405

$73,272

$(42,834) 

$982,101

2017 

2016 

Cost 

Accumulated
Amortization 

Cost 

Accumulated
Amortization 

Intangible Assets with Determinable Lives 

Content and Publishing Rights 
Customer Relationships 
Brands & Trademarks 
Covenants not to Compete 

Intangible Assets with Indefinite Lives 

Brands & Trademarks 
Content and Publishing Rights  

   $775,520
233,872
35,554
2,377

1,047,323

135,061
84,173

   $(353,923)
(64,756)
(18,359)
(1,420)

   $790,055 
224,839 
30,116 
1,687 

   $(333,174)
(54,677)
(15,713)
(1,011)

(438,458)

1,046,697 

(404,575)

-
-

147,683 
87,202 

-
-

$1,266,557

$(438,458)

$1,281,582 

$(404,575)

Based  on  the  current  amount  of  intangible  assets  subject  to  amortization  and  assuming  current  foreign 
exchange rates, the estimated amortization expense for each of the succeeding five fiscal years are as follows: 
2018 – $47.2 million; 2019 - $45.6 million; 2020 - $41.1 million; 2021 - $38.4 million and 2022 - $33.9 million. 

- 80 - 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Note 11 - Income Taxes 

The provisions for income taxes for the years ended April 30 were as follows (in thousands): 

Current Provision 
US – Federal 
International 
State and Local 
Total Current Provision 
Deferred Provision (Benefit) 

US – Federal 
International 
State and Local 
Total Deferred (Benefit) 
Total Provision 

2017 

2016 

2015 

 $912
105,228 
  100
$106,240

$(13,852)
(15,330)
415 
$(28,767)
$77,473

 $(5,365) 
31,958 
  1,657 
$28,250 

$6,625 
(6,459) 
595 
 $761 
$29,011 

 $27,137
27,613
  1,007
$55,757

$(7,554)
606
(216)
$(7,164)
$48,593

International and United States pretax income for the years ended April 30 were as follows (in thousands): 

International 
United States 
Total 

2017 

 $192,910  
(1,794)
$191,116 

2016 
 $159,152 
15,641 
$174,793 

2015 
  $165,085
60,376
 $225,461

The  Company’s  effective  income  tax  rate  as  a  percentage  of  pretax  income  differed  from  the  U.S.  federal 
statutory rate as shown below: 

U.S. Federal Statutory Rate 
German Tax Litigation Expense 
Benefit from Lower Taxes on Non-U.S. Income 
State Income Taxes, Net of U.S. Federal Tax Benefit 
Deferred Tax Benefit From Statutory Tax Rate Change 
Tax Credits and Related Benefits 
Tax Adjustments and Other 
Effective Income Tax Rate 

2017 

2016 

2015 

35.0%
25.7
(12.7)  
0.1
(1.3)
(6.2)
(0.1)
40.5%  

35.0% 
- 
(14.6) 
0.8 
(3.4) 
(1.6) 
0.4 
16.6% 

35.0%
-
(11.9)
0.3
-
(0.3)
(1.5)
21.6%

Note:  A  substantial  portion  of  the  Company’s  income  is  earned  outside  the  U.S.  in  jurisdictions  with  lower 
statutory income tax rates than the U.S. including: U.K. (62%), Germany (26%) and Australia (7%). 

Deferred Tax Benefit from Statutory Tax Rate Change:  In fiscal year 2016, the U.K. reduced its statutory rate to 
19% beginning April 1, 2017 and 18% beginning April 1, 2020; and in fiscal year 2017, the U.K. further reduced 
its statutory rate beginning on April 1, 2020, from 18% to 17%. This resulted in a non-cash deferred tax benefit 
from  the  re-measurement  of  the  Company’s  applicable  U.K.  deferred  tax  balances  of  $5.9  million  ($0.10  per 
share) in fiscal year 2016 and $2.6 million ($0.04 per share) in fiscal year 2017. 

Tax  Adjustments  and  Other:    In  fiscal  year  2017,  the  Company  did  not  record  any  tax  benefits  related  to  the 
expiration of the statute of limitations or favorable resolutions of federal, state and foreign tax matters with tax 
authorities.  In fiscal years 2016 and 2015, the Company recorded tax benefits of $1.3 million and $0.7 million, 
respectively, related to such matters. In addition, in fiscal year 2015, the Company recognized a non-recurring 

- 81 - 

 
 
 
 
 
 
tax benefit of $3.1 million related to tax deductions claimed on the write-up of certain foreign tax assets to fair 
market value. 

Accounting for Uncertainty in Income Taxes:   

As  of  April  30,  2017  and  April  30,  2016,  the  total  amount  of  unrecognized  tax  benefits  were  $6.1  million  and 
$19.9 million, respectively, of which $0.4 million and $3.5 million represented accruals for interest and penalties 
recorded as additional tax expense in accordance with the Company’s accounting policy. Within the income tax 
provision  for  both  fiscal  years  2017  and  2016,  the  Company  recorded  net  interest  expense  on  reserves  for 
unrecognized and recognized tax benefits of $0.3 million and $0.5 million respectively. As of April 30, 2017 and 
April  30,  2016,  the  total  amount  of  unrecognized  tax  benefits  that  would  reduce  the  Company’s  income  tax 
provision, if recognized, were approximately $6.1 million and $19.9 million, respectively. During the year ended 
April 30, 2017, the Company’s tax position with respect to certain assets in Germany was finally rejected by the 
German  Federal Fiscal Court (see  below).   Substantially  all  of  the  reduction for  prior  year  tax  positions  in  the 
table below relates to the resolution of that matter. The Company does not expect any significant changes to the 
unrecognized tax benefits within the next twelve months.  

A reconciliation of the unrecognized tax benefits included within the Other Long-Term Liabilities line item in the 
Consolidated Statements of Financial Position follows (in thousands): 

Balance at May 1st 
Additions for Current Year Tax Positions  
Additions for Prior Year Tax Positions  
Reductions for Prior Year Tax Positions 
Foreign Translation Adjustment 
Payments and Settlements 
Reductions for Lapse of Statute of Limitations  
Balance at April 30th 

Tax Audits: 

2017 
$19,863
2,566
31,802
-
(419)
(47,688)
-
$6,124

2016 
$19,349
1,077
533
(214)
569
(132)
(1,319)
$19,863

The  Company  files  income  tax  returns  in  the  U.S.  and  various  states  and  non-U.S.  tax  jurisdictions.  The 
Company’s  major  taxing  jurisdictions  include  the  United  States,  the  United  Kingdom  and  Germany.  The 
Company  is  no  longer  subject  to  income  tax  examinations  for  years  prior  to  fiscal  year  (2010)  in  the  major 
jurisdictions in which the Company is subject to tax. The Company’s last completed U.S. federal audit was for 
fiscal years 2011 through 2013, which resulted in minimal adjustments related to temporary differences.  

In  fiscal  year  2003,  the  Company  reorganized  several  of  its  German  subsidiaries  into  a  new  operating  entity 
which  enabled  the  Company  to  increase  (“step-up”)  the  tax  deductible  net  asset  basis  in  certain  assets  and 
claim additional tax amortization deductions over 15 years beginning that fiscal year.  

In May 2012, as part of its routine tax audit process, the German tax authorities challenged the Company’s tax 
position. In September 2014, the Company filed an appeal with the local finance court.  As required by German 
law, the Company paid all contested taxes and the related interest to avail itself of its right to defend its position. 
The  Company  made  all  required  payments  with  cumulative  total  deposits  of  56.6  million  euros,  including 
interest.  

In  October  2014,  the  Company  received  an  unfavorable  decision  from  the  local  finance  court,  which  the 
Company  appealed  in  January  2015  to  the  German  Federal  Fiscal  Court.  On  September  26,  2016,  the 

- 82 - 

 
Company  learned  that  the  court  denied  the  Company’s  appeal  and  its  tax  position.  No  further  appeals  are 
available.  As a result, the Company forfeited its deposit and incurred an income tax charge of approximately 
$49 million ($0.85 per share).  This one-time charge is included in the Company’s income tax expense for fiscal 
year 2017. 

Deferred Taxes: 

Deferred taxes result from temporary differences in the recognition of revenue and expense for tax and financial 
reporting  purposes.  During  the  period  ended  April  30,  2017,  the  Company  adopted  ASU  2015-17  on  a 
prospective basis.  ASU 2015-17 requires that deferred tax liabilities and assets be classified as noncurrent in a 
classified  statement  of  financial  position.  The  Company  elected  to  adopt  this  standard  prospectively  and  thus 
prior period balances were not adjusted. See Note 2 – Summary of Significant Accounting Policies – Recently 
Issued Accounting Standards. 

It is more likely than not that the results of future operations will generate sufficient taxable income to realize the 
net  deferred  tax  assets.  The  significant  components  of  deferred  tax  assets  and  liabilities  at  April  30  were  as 
follows (in thousands): 

Net Operating Losses 
Reserve for Sales Returns and Doubtful Accounts 
Accrued Employee Compensation 
Foreign and Federal Credits 
Other Accrued Expenses 
Retirement and Post-Employment Benefits 
Total Gross Deferred Tax Assets  
Less Valuation Allowance 
Total Deferred Tax Assets 

Prepaid Expenses and Other Current Assets 
Intangible and Fixed Assets 
Total Deferred Tax Liabilities 

2017 

      $5,453
8,331
34,305
15,472
14,303
56,633
$134,497
(1,300)
$133,197

$(16,385)
(272,008)
$(288,393)

2016 

       $3,148 
       6,075 
29,550 
- 
14,842 
64,438 
$118,053 
- 
$118,053 

$(5,349) 
(288,769) 
$(294,118) 

Net Deferred Tax Liabilities 

$(155,196)

$(176,065) 

Reported As 
Current Deferred Tax Assets 
Non-current Deferred Tax Assets 
Non-current  Deferred  Tax Liabilities 
Net Deferred Tax Liabilities 

$-
5,295
160,491
$155,196

$11,126 
2,677 
189,868 
$176,065 

The  decrease  in  net  deferred  tax  liabilities  is  primarily  attributable  to  foreign  and  federal  credit  carryforwards 
related  to  the  fiscal  year  ended  April  30,  2017.  We  have  concluded  that  it  is  more  likely  than  not  that  we  will 
realize substantially  all  of  the  net  deferred  tax  assets  at  April  30,  2017.  In  assessing  the  need  for  a  valuation 
allowance,  we  take  into  account  related  deferred  tax  liabilities  and  estimated  future  reversals  of  existing 
temporary  differences,  future  taxable  earnings  and  tax  planning  strategies  to  determine  which  deferred  tax 
assets are more likely than not to be realized in the future. Changes to tax laws, statutory tax rates and future 
taxable earnings can have an impact on our valuation allowances. 

A  valuation  allowance  has  been  provided  based  on  the  uncertainty  of  utilizing  the  tax  benefits  related  to  our 
deferred tax assets for state net operating loss carry forwards.  As of April 30, 2017, we have apportioned state 
- 83 - 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
net  operating  loss  carryforwards  totaling  $51  million,  with  a  tax  effected  value  of  $2.7  million  net  of  federal 
benefits, expiring in various amounts over one to 20 years. 

Pretax earnings of a non-U.S. subsidiary or affiliate are subject to U.S. taxation when repatriated. The Company 
intends to reinvest earnings outside the U.S. except in instances where repatriating such earnings would result 
in no additional tax. Accordingly, the Company has not recognized U.S. tax expense on non-U.S. earnings. At 
April  30,  2017,  the  accumulated  undistributed  earnings  of  non-U.S.  subsidiaries  approximated  $275  million.  If 
such earnings were repatriated, the Company estimates that the U.S. income tax liability could range from less 
than $1 million to as much as $20 million. 

Note 12 - Debt and Available Credit Facilities 

As  of  April  30,  2017  and  2016,  the  Company’s  debt  of  approximately  $365.0  million  and  $605.0  million, 
respectively consisted of amounts due under its revolving credit facilities.  

On March 1, 2016, the Company amended and extended its existing revolving credit agreement (“RCA”) with a 
syndicated bank group led by Bank of America. The previous RCA consisted of a $940 million senior revolving 
credit facility due on November 2, 2016. The new agreement consists of a $1.1 billion five-year senior revolving 
credit facility payable March 1, 2021.  The proceeds of the amended facility will be used for general corporate 
purposes  including  seasonal  operating  cash  requirements  investments  in  technology  systems  and  new 
businesses,  and  strategic  acquisitions.  Under  the  agreement,  which  can  be  drawn  in  multiple  currencies,  the 
Company has the option of borrowing at the following floating interest rates:  (i) at a rate based on the London 
Interbank  Offered  Rate  (“LIBOR”)  plus  an  applicable  margin  ranging  from  0.98%  to  1.50%,  depending  on  the 
Company’s consolidated leverage ratio, as defined, or (ii) for U.S. dollar-denominated loans only, at the lender’s 
base  rate  plus  an  applicable  margin  ranging  from  zero  to  0.45%,  depending  on  the  Company’s  consolidated 
leverage ratio.  The lender’s base rate is defined as the highest of (i) the U.S. federal funds effective rate plus a 
0.50%  margin,  (ii)  the  Eurocurrency  rate,  as  defined,  plus  a  1.00%  margin,  or  (iii)  the  Bank  of  America  prime 
lending  rate.  In  addition,  the  Company  pays  a  facility  fee  ranging  from  0.15%  to  0.25%  depending  on  the 
Company’s consolidated leverage ratio.  The Company also has the option to request an additional credit limit 
increase of up to $350 million in minimum increments of $50 million, subject to the approval of the lenders. The 
credit  agreement  contains  certain  restrictive  covenants  related  to  the  Company’s  consolidated  leverage  ratio 
and interest coverage ratio, which the Company was in compliance with as of April 30, 2017. Due to the fact that 
there  are  no  principal  payments  due  until  the  end  of  the  agreement  in  fiscal  year  2021,  the  Company  has 
classified its entire debt obligation as long-term as of April 30, 2017 and 2016. As part of the amendment, the 
Company paid $3.4 million in debt financing costs in fiscal year 2016 which were capitalized and included in the 
Other Assets line item in the Consolidated Statements of Financial Position.  

On October 31, 2015, the Company renewed its U.S. dollar facility with TD Bank, N.A. which was equally ranked 
with the Company’s previous agreement with Bank of America - Merrill Lynch and The Royal Bank of Scotland 
plc, and Santander Bank. The agreement consisted of a $50 million 364-day revolving credit facility which was 
drawn in fiscal year 2015. The facility was terminated and fully paid off with the proceeds of the RCA refinancing 
on March 1, 2016.  

On August 6, 2015, the Company amended its December 22, 2014 364-day U.S. dollar revolving credit facility 
reinstated every 30 days with Santander Bank, N.A. by increasing the facility to $100 million from $50 million.  
The  additional  $50  million  was  drawn  during  August  and  was  used  to  repay  a  portion  of  the  senior  revolving 
credit facility. The facility was equally ranked with the Company’s previous agreement with Bank of America - 

- 84 - 

Merrill  Lynch  and  The  Royal  Bank  of  Scotland  plc,  and  TD  Bank,  N.A.  The  facility  was  fully  paid  on  April  29, 
2016.  This facility’s termination date was May 23, 2016 and was not renewed.  

The Company and its subsidiaries have other lines of credit aggregating $6.8 million at various interest rates. 
There were no outstanding borrowings under these credit lines at April 30, 2017 and 2016.  

The  Company’s  total  available  lines  of  credit  as  of  April  30,  2017  were  approximately  $1.1  billion,  of  which 
approximately  $0.7  billion  was  unused.  The  weighted  average  interest  rates  on  total  debt  outstanding  during 
fiscal years 2017 and 2016 were 2.19% and 1.88%, respectively. As of April 30, 2017 and 2016, the weighted 
average  interest  rates  for  the  total  debt  were  2.74%  and  2.12%,  respectively.  Based  on  estimates  of  interest 
rates  currently  available  to  the  Company  for  loans  with  similar  terms  and  maturities,  the  fair  value  of  the 
Company’s debt approximates its carrying value. 

Note 13 – Derivative Instruments and Activities 

The  Company,  from  time-to-time,  enters  into  forward  exchange  and  interest  rate  swap  contracts  as  a  hedge 
against foreign currency asset and liability commitments, changes in interest rates and anticipated transaction 
exposures,  including  intercompany  purchases.  All  derivatives  are  recognized  as  assets  or  liabilities  and 
measured at fair value.  Derivatives that are not determined to be effective hedges are adjusted to fair value with 
a  corresponding  adjustment  to  earnings.  The  Company  does  not  use  financial  instruments  for  trading  or 
speculative purposes.  

Interest Rate Contracts: 
The Company had $365.0 million of variable rate loans outstanding at April 30, 2017, which approximated fair 
value.  As  of  April  30,  2017  and  2016,  the  interest  rate  swap  agreements  maintained  by  the  Company  were 
designated as fully effective cash flow hedges as defined under Accounting Standards Codification (“ASC”) 815 
“Derivatives  and  Hedging.”  As  a  result,  there  was  no  impact  on  the  Company’s  Consolidated  Statements  of 
Income  from  changes  in  the  fair  value  of  the  interest  rate  swaps  as  they  were  fully  offset  by  changes  in  the 
interest expense on the underlying variable rate debt instruments. Under ASC 815, derivative instruments that 
are designated as cash flow hedges have changes in their fair value recorded initially within Accumulated Other 
Comprehensive  Loss  in  the  Consolidated  Statements  of  Financial  Position.  As  interest  expense  is recognized 
based on the variable rate loan agreements, the corresponding deferred gain or loss on the interest rate swaps 
is  reclassified  from  Accumulated  Other  Comprehensive  Loss  to  Interest  Expense  in  the  Consolidated 
Statements of Income. It is management’s intention that the notional amount of interest rate swaps be less than 
the variable rate loans outstanding during the life of the derivatives. 

On  April  4,  2016,  the  Company  entered  into  a  forward  starting  interest  rate  swap  agreement  which  fixed  a 
portion  of  the  variable  interest  due  on  a  variable  rate  debt  renewal  on  May  16,  2016.  Under  the  terms  of  the 
agreement, the Company will pay a fixed rate of 0.92% and receives a variable rate of interest based on one-
month LIBOR (as defined) from the counterparty which is reset every month for a three-year period starting May 
16, 2016 ending May 15, 2019. As of April 30, 2017, the notional amount of the interest rate swap was $350.0 
million.  

On  August  15,  2014,  the Company  entered  into  an  interest  rate swap  agreement  which  fixed  a  portion of  the 
variable interest due on its variable rate loans outstanding. Under the terms of the agreement, which expired on 
August 15, 2016, the Company paid a fixed rate of 0.65% and received a variable rate of interest based on one-
month  LIBOR  (as  defined)  from  the  counterparty  which  was  reset  every  month  for  a  two-year  period  ending 
August 15, 2016. Prior to expiration the notional amount of the interest rate swap was $150.0 million. 

- 85 - 

The Company records the fair value of its interest rate swaps on a recurring basis using Level 2 inputs of quoted 
prices for similar assets or liabilities in active markets. The fair value of the interest rate swaps as of April 30, 
2017 and 2016 was a deferred gain of $3.9 million and a deferred loss of $0.6 million, respectively. Based on 
the maturity dates of the contracts, the entire deferred gain as of April 30, 2017 was recorded within Other Long-
Term  Assets,  while  approximately  $0.1  million  and  $0.5  million  of  the  deferred  loss  as  of  April  20,  2016  was 
recorded in Other Accrued Liabilities and Other Long-Term Liabilities, respectively. The pre-tax losses that were 
reclassified from Accumulated Other Comprehensive Loss into Interest Expense for fiscal years 2017, 2016 and 
2015 were $1.1 million, $0.9 million and $1.7 million, respectively. Based on the amount in Accumulated Other 
Comprehensive Loss at April 30, 2017, approximately $0.8 million, net of tax, of unrecognized gains would be 
reclassified into net income in the next twelve months. 

Foreign Currency Contracts: 

The  Company  may  enter  into  forward  exchange  contracts  to  manage  the  Company’s  exposure  on  certain 
foreign  currency  denominated  assets  and  liabilities. The  forward  exchange  contracts  are  marked  to  market 
through Foreign Exchange Transaction Gains (Losses) in the Consolidated Statements of Income, and carried 
at  their  fair  value  in  the  Consolidated  Statements  of  Financial  Position.  Foreign  currency  denominated  assets 
and liabilities are remeasured at spot rates in effect on the balance sheet date, with the effects of changes in 
spot rates reported in Foreign Exchange Transaction Gains (Losses).  

As of April 30, 2017, the Company did not maintain any open forward contracts. As of April 30, 2016, there were 
two open forward exchange contracts with notional amounts of 31 million euros and 274 million pounds sterling 
to  manage  foreign  currency  exposures  on  intercompany  loans.  During  fiscal  years  2015  through  2017,  the 
Company did not designate any forward exchange contracts as hedges under current accounting standards as 
the benefits of doing so were not material due to the short-term nature of the contracts. The fair value changes 
in  the  forward  exchange  contracts  substantially  mitigated  the  changes  in  the  value  of  the  applicable  foreign 
currency denominated assets and liabilities. As of April 30, 2016, the fair value of the open forward exchange 
contracts was a gain of approximately $1.3 million and recorded within Prepaid and Other current assets. The 
fair value of the open forward exchange contracts was measured on a recurring basis using Level 2 inputs. For 
fiscal years 2017, 2016 and 2015, the gains (losses) recognized on forward contracts were $59.0 million, $1.3 
million and $(11.2) million, respectively.  

Note 14 - Commitment and Contingencies 

The following schedule shows the composition of rent expense for operating leases (in thousands): 

Minimum Rental 
Less: Sublease Rentals 

Total 

2017 

$35,464 
(626) 

$34,838 

2016 

$37,206 
(597) 

$36,609 

2015 

$39,748 
(639) 

$39,109 

Future  minimum  payments  under  operating  leases  were  $280.9  million  at  April  30,  2017.  Annual  minimum 
payments under these leases for fiscal years 2018 through 2022 are approximately $23.8 million, $28.8 million, 
$27.1 million, $24.3 million and $19.6 million, respectively. Rent expense associated with operating leases that 
include  scheduled  rent  increases  and  tenant  incentives,  such  as  rent  holidays  or  leasehold  improvement 
allowances, are recorded on a straight-line basis over the term of the lease.  

The Company is involved in routine litigation in the ordinary course of its business.  A provision for litigation is 
accrued when information available to the Company indicates that it is probable a liability has been incurred and 

- 86 - 

 
the amount of loss can be reasonably estimated.  Significant judgment may be required to determine both the 
probability and estimates of loss. When the amount of the loss can only be estimated within a range, the most 
likely  outcome  within  that range  is  accrued.  If  no  amount  within the  range  is a  better  estimate  than  any  other 
amount,  the  minimum  amount  within  the  range  is  accrued.  When  uncertainties  exist  related  to  the  probable 
outcome of litigation and/or the amount or range of loss, the Company does not record a liability, but discloses 
facts related to the nature of the contingency and possible losses if management considers the information to be 
material. Reserves for legal defense costs are recorded when management believes such future costs will be 
material.  The  accruals  for  loss  contingencies  and  legal  costs  are  reviewed  regularly  and  may  be  adjusted  to 
reflect updated information on the status of litigation and advice of legal counsel.  In the opinion of management, 
the  ultimate  resolution  of  all  pending  litigation  as  of  April  30,  2017  will  not  have  a  material  effect  upon  the 
financial condition or results of operations of the Company. 

Over the past few years, the Company has from time to time faced claims from photographers or agencies that 
the  Company  has  used  photographs  without  licenses  or  beyond  licensed  permissions.    The  Company  has 
insurance coverage for a significant portion of such claims.  The Company does not believe that its exposure to 
such claims either individually or in the aggregate is material. 

Note 15 - Retirement Plans 

The  Company  and  its  principal  subsidiaries  have  retirement  plans  that  cover  substantially  all  employees.  The 
plans generally provide for employee retirement between the ages of 60 and 65, and benefits based on length of 
service and compensation, as defined. 

Plan Curtailments 

The Company’s Board of Directors approved plan amendments that froze the U.S. Employees’ Retirement Plan, 
Supplemental Benefit Plan, and Supplemental Executive Retirement Plan, effective June 30, 2013.  These plans 
are U.S. defined benefit plans. Under the amendments, no new employees are permitted to enter these plans 
and no additional benefits for current participants for future services will be accrued after June 30, 2013.   

The  Company’s  Board  of  Directors  approved  plan  amendments  that  froze  the  Retirement  Plan  for  the 
Employees  of  John  Wiley  &  Sons,  Canada,  effective  December  31,  2015.  Under  the  amendments,  no  new 
employees are permitted to enter this plan and no additional benefits for current participants for future services 
will  be  accrued  after  December  31,  2015.    The  Company  recorded  a  one-time  pension  plan  benefit  of  $0.6 
million  in  fiscal  year  2015  as  a  result  of  the  plan  amendments.  The  curtailment  benefit  is  included  within  the 
fiscal year 2015 Restructuring Charges line item in the Consolidated Statements of Income. 

The  Company’s  Board  of  Directors  approved  plan  amendments  that  froze  the  Retirement  Plan  for  the 
Employees of John Wiley & Sons, Ltd., a U.K. plan, effective April 30, 2015. Under the amendments, no new 
employees are permitted to enter this plan and no additional benefits for current participants for future services 
will be accrued after April 30, 2015. While there was no significant amount recorded for the curtailment, there 
was  a  resulting  concession  with  employees  to  contribute  an  additional  $0.8  million  to  the  Company’s  defined 
contribution plans in fiscal year 2015. This contribution was recognized in the Restructuring charges line item in 
the Company’s Consolidated Statements of Income. 

The  Company  maintains  the  Supplemental  Executive  Retirement  Plan  for  certain  officers  and  senior 
management  which  provides  for  the  payment  of  supplemental  retirement  benefits  after  the  termination  of 
employment for 10 years or in a lifetime annuity. Under certain circumstances, including a change of control as 

- 87 - 

defined, the payment of such amounts could be accelerated on a present value basis. Future accrued benefits 
to the Plan have been discontinued as noted above.  

The  components  of  net  pension  expense  (income)  for  the  defined  benefit  plans  and  the  weighted-average 
assumptions were as follows (in thousands): 

Service Cost 

Interest Cost  

2017 

2016 

2015 

U.S. 

Non-U.S. 

U.S. 

Non-U.S. 

U.S. 

Non-U.S. 

 $       - 

12,398 

$967 

14,449 

 $       - 

13,612 

$1,455 

16,446 

 $       - 

13,159 

$5,942 

17,417 

Expected Return on Plan Assets 

(14,053) 

(21,173) 

(14,756) 

(25,088) 

(13,782) 

(22,654) 

Net Amortization of Prior Service Cost  

Recognized Net Actuarial Loss 

Curtailment/Settlement Loss (Gain) 

(154) 

2,622 

8,842 

54 

2,553 

- 

(154) 

2,240 

1,857 

55 

2,475 

- 

Net Pension Expense (Income) 

$9,655 

$(3,150) 

$2,799 

$(4,657) 

Discount Rate 

Rate of Compensation Increase  

Expected Return on Plan Assets 

4.0% 

N/A 

6.8% 

3.5% 

3.0% 

6.7% 

4.2% 

N/A 

6.8% 

3.5% 

3.0% 

6.7% 

(115) 

1,470 

- 

$732 

4.7% 

N/A 

6.8% 

68 

6,299 

(428) 

$6,644 

4.2% 

3.2% 

6.7% 

The  Company  announced  a  voluntary,  limited-time  opportunity  for  terminated  vested  employees  who  are 
participants in the U.S. Employees’ Retirement Plan of John Wiley & Sons, Inc. (the “Pension Plan”) to request 
early payment of their entire Pension Plan benefit in the form of a single lump sum payment. Eligible participants 
who  wished  to  receive  the  lump  sum  payment  were  required  to  make  an  election  by  August  29,  2016. 
Approximately 780 eligible participants made the election to receive the lump sum totaling $28.3 million which 
was paid from pension plan assets in October 2016. Settlement accounting rules were applied, which resulted in 
a  plan  remeasurement  and  recognition  of  a  pro-rata  portion  of  unamortized  net  actuarial  loss  of  $8.8  million 
which was recorded in Operating and Administrative Expenses in the Consolidated Statements of Income. The 
curtailment/settlement loss in fiscal year 2016 of $1.9 million, noted above, related to a disability payment made 
subject to terms of the Company’s Supplemental Executive Retirement Plan. 

The projected benefit obligation, accumulated benefit obligation, and fair value of plan assets for the retirement 
plans  with  accumulated  benefit  obligations  in  excess  of  plan  assets  were  $800.1  million,  $753.3  million  and 
$579.7  million,  respectively,  as  of  April  30,  2017  and  $797.4  million,  $759.2  million  and  $567.8  million, 
respectively, as of April 30, 2016.  

The Recognized Net Actuarial Loss for each fiscal year is calculated using the “corridor method” which reflects 
the amortization of the net loss at the beginning of the fiscal year in excess of 10% of the greater of the market 
value  of  plan  assets  or  the  projected  benefit  obligation.  The  amortization  period  is  based  on  the  average 
expected life of plan participants.  

The  Company  recognizes  the  overfunded  or  underfunded  status  of  defined  benefit  postretirement  plans, 
measured  as  the  difference  between  the  fair  value  of  plan  assets  and  the  projected  benefit  obligation,  in  the 
Consolidated Statements of Financial Position.  The change in the funded status of the plan is recognized within 
Accumulated Other Comprehensive Loss in the Consolidated Statements of Financial Position. Plan assets and 
obligations are measured at fair value as of the Company’s balance sheet date.   

- 88 - 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
The amounts in Accumulated Other Comprehensive Loss that are expected to be recognized as components of 
net periodic benefit cost during the next fiscal year are as follows (in thousands): 

Actuarial Loss 
Prior Service Cost 
Total 

U.S. 
$2,230 
(154) 
$2,076 

Non-U.S. 
$3,673 
54 
$3,727 

Total 
$5,903 
(100) 
$5,803 

The following table sets forth the changes in and the status of the Company’s defined benefit plans’ assets and 
benefit obligations:   

Dollars in thousands 

CHANGE IN PLAN ASSETS 

2017 

2016 

U.S.

Non-U.S.

U.S. 

Non-U.S.

Fair Value of Plan Assets, Beginning of Year 

$215,923

$352,484 

$222,966

$376,576

Actual Return on Plan Assets 

Employer Contributions 

Employee Contributions 

Settlements 

Benefits Paid 

Foreign Currency Rate Changes 

Fair Value, End of Year 

17,345

10,463

-

(28,258)

(15,472)

75,432 

14,041 

- 

- 

2,610

9,459

-

(4,446)

(9,487) 

(14,666)

-

(42,337) 

-

(2,789)

8,450

68

-

(14,354)

(15,467)

$200,001

$390,133 

$215,923

$352,484

CHANGE IN PROJECTED BENEFIT OBLIGATION 

Benefit Obligation, Beginning of Year 

$(336,908)

$(461,161) 

$(329,388)

$(484,458)

Service Cost 

Interest Cost 

Employee Contributions 

Actuarial Gain (Loss) 

Benefits Paid 

Foreign Currency Rate Changes 

Settlements and Other 

Benefit Obligation, End of Year 

Funded Status 

-

(967) 

-

(1,455)

(12,398)

(14,449) 

(13,612)

(16,446)

-

14,791

15,472

-

28,258

- 

-

(105,151) 

(13,020)

9,487 

52,653 

14,666

-

- 

4,446

(68)

9,582

14,354

17,330

-

$(290,785)

$(519,588) 

$(336,908)

$(461,161)

$(90,784)

$(129,455) 

$(120,985)

$(108,677)

AMOUNTS RECOGNIZED IN THE STATEMENT OF FINANCIAL POSITION:

Other Noncurrent Assets 

Current Pension Liability 

Noncurrent Pension Liability 

-

(4,977)

134 

(799) 

-

(4,817)

-

(675)

(85,807)

(128,790) 

(116,168)

(108,002)

 Net Amount Recognized in Statement of Financial Position 

$(90,784)

$(129,455) 

$(120,985)

$(108,677)

AMOUNTS RECOGNIZED IN ACCUMULATED OTHER COMPREHENSIVE LOSS (BEFORE TAX) CONSIST OF:

Net Actuarial (Loss)  

Prior Service Cost Gain (Loss) 

$(94,539)

$(171,601) 

$(124,087)

$(139,307)

2,716

(448) 

2,870

(521)

Total Accumulated Other Comprehensive Loss 

$(91,823)

$(172,049) 

$(121,217)

$(139,828)

Change in Accumulated Other Comprehensive  Loss 

$29,394

$(32,221) 

$(21,224)

$(10,993)

WEIGHTED AVERAGE ASSUMPTIONS USED IN DETERMINING ASSETS AND LIABILITIES: 

Discount Rate 

Rate of Compensation Increase 
Accumulated Benefit Obligations 

4.1%

N/A

2.6% 

3.0% 

4.0%

N/A

3.5%

3.0%

$(290,785)

$(472,841) 

$(336,908)

$(422,861)

- 89 - 

  
  
 
 
 
Basis for determining discount rate:   

The  discount  rates  for  the  United  States,  United  Kingdom  and  Canadian  pension  plans  were  based  on  the 
derivation  of  a  single-equivalent  discount  rate  using  a  standard  spot  rate  curve  and  the  timing  of  expected 
benefit payments. The spot rate curve used is based upon a portfolio of Moody’s-rated Aa3 (or higher) corporate 
bonds.  The  discount  rates  for  the  other  international  plans  were  based  on  similar  published  indices  with 
durations comparable to that of each plan’s liabilities. 

Basis for determining the expected asset return: 

The expected long-term rates of return were estimated using market benchmarks for equities, real estate, and 
bonds applied to each plan’s target asset allocation and are estimated by asset class including an anticipated 
inflation  rate.  The  expected  long-term  rates  are  then  compared  to  the  historic  investment  performance  of  the 
plan  assets  as  well  as  future  expectations  and  estimated  through  consultation  with  investment  advisors  and 
actuaries. 

Pension plan assets/investments: 

The  investment  guidelines  for  the  defined  benefit  pension  plans  are  established  based  upon  an  evaluation  of 
market  conditions,  plan  liabilities,  cash  requirements  for  benefit  payments,  and  tolerance  for  risk.    Investment 
guidelines include the use of actively and passively managed securities. The investment objective is to ensure 
that funds are available to meet the plan’s benefit obligations when they are due. The investment strategy is to 
invest in high quality and diversified equity and debt securities to achieve our long-term expectation.  The plans’ 
risk  management  practices  provide  guidance  to  the  investment  managers,  including  guidelines  for  asset 
concentration, credit rating and liquidity.  Asset allocation favors a balanced portfolio, with a global aggregated 
target  allocation  of  approximately  49%  equity  securities,  50%  fixed  income  securities  and  cash,  and  1%  real 
estate.  Due  to  volatility  in  the  market,  the  target  allocation  is  not  always  desirable  and  asset  allocations  will 
fluctuate  between  acceptable  ranges  of  plus  or  minus  5%.  The  Company  regularly  reviews  the  investment 
allocations  and  periodically  rebalances  investments  to  the  target  allocations.  The  Company  categorizes  its 
pension assets into three levels based upon the assumptions (inputs) used to price the assets. Level 1 provides 
the most reliable measure of fair value, whereas Level 3 generally requires significant management judgment. 
The three levels are defined as follows: 

  Level 1:  Unadjusted quoted prices in active markets for identical assets. 
  Level 2:  Observable inputs other than those included in Level 1.  For example, quoted prices for similar 

assets in active markets or quoted prices for identical assets in inactive markets. 

  Level 3:  Unobservable inputs reflecting assumptions about the inputs used in pricing the asset. 

- 90 - 

 
 
 
The Company did not maintain any level 3 assets during fiscal years 2017 and 2016. The following tables set 
forth, by level within the fair value hierarchy, pension plan assets at their fair value as of April 30 (in thousands): 

2017 

2016 

Level 1 

Level 2 

Total 

Level 1 

Level 2 

Total 

U.S. Plan Assets 

Equity Securities: 

U.S. Commingled Funds 

$           - 

$   64,125 

$   64,125 

$         - 

$69,550 

$69,550 

Non-U.S. Commingled Funds 

Fixed Income Commingled Funds 

Real Estate 

- 

- 

- 

27,272 

95,922 

12,682 

27,272 

95,922 

12,682 

- 

- 

- 

28,741 

28,741 

105,841 

105,841 

11,791 

11,791 

Total U.S. Plan Assets 

$           - 

$ 200,001 

$ 200,001 

$         - 

$215,923 

$215,923 

Non-U.S. Plan Assets 

Equity Securities: 

U.S. Equities 

Non-U.S. Equities 

Balanced Managed Funds 

Fixed Income Funds 

Other: 

Real Estate/Other 

$         - 

$   28,598 

$   28,598 

$         - 

$24,688 

$24,688 

- 

10,196 

85,961 

69,453 

85,961 

79,649 

- 

10,070 

72,892 

32,203 

72,892 

42,273 

- 

- 

187,797 

187,797 

489 

- 

489 

7,639 

- 

- 

562 

211,561 

211,561 

508 

- 

508 

562 

Cash and Cash Equivalents 

7,639 

Total Non-U.S. Plan Assets 

$ 17,835 

$ 372,298 

$ 390,133 

$10,632 

$341,852 

$352,484 

Total Plan Assets 

$ 17,835 

$ 572,299 

$ 590,134 

$10,632 

$557,775 

$568,407 

Expected employer contributions to the defined benefit pension plans in fiscal year 2018 will be approximately 
$12.3 million, including $7.3 million of minimum amounts required for the Company’s non-U.S. plans. From time 
to  time,  the  Company  may  elect  to  make  voluntary  contributions  to  its  defined  benefit  plans  to  improve  their 
funded status. 

Benefit  payments  to  retirees  from  all  defined  benefit  plans are expected  to  approximate  $23.7  million  in  fiscal 
year 2018, $23.1 million in fiscal year 2019, $24.6 million in fiscal year 2020, $24.1 million in fiscal year 2021, 
$25.8 milion in fiscal year 2022 and $143.5 million for fiscal years 2023 through 2027. 

The Company provides contributory life insurance and health care benefits, subject to certain dollar limitations 
for substantially all of its eligible retired U.S. employees. The retiree health benefit will no longer be available for 
any employee who retires after December 31, 2017. This resulted in a curtailment gain of $2.5 million which was 
recognized in the Operating and Administrative Expenses line item in the Company’s Consolidated Statement of 
Income. The cost of such benefits is expensed over the years the employee renders service and is not funded in 
advance.  The  accumulated  post-retirement  benefit  obligation  recognized  in  the  Consolidated  Statements  of 
Financial  Position  as  of  April  30,  2017  and  2016  was  $1.7  million  and  $2.2  million,  respectively.  Annual 
expenses for these plans for fiscal years 2017, 2016 and 2015 were $(0.2) million, $0.2 million and $0.7 million, 
respectively.  

The  Company  has  defined  contribution  savings  plans.  The  Company  contribution  is  based  on  employee 
contributions  and  the  level  of  Company  match.  The  Company  may  make  discretionary  contributions  to  all 
employees as a group. The employer cash contributions to these plans were approximately $15.2 million, $16.3 

- 91 - 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
million  and  $14.8  million  in  fiscal  years  2017,  2016,  and  2015  respectively.  Approximately  $0.8  million  of  the 
fiscal  year  2015  contributions  were  reflected  in  the  Restructuring  Charges  line  item  as  they  were  related  to 
contractual  obligations  resulting  from  the  curtailment  of  the  U.K.  defined  benefit  pension  plan.  The  expense 
recorded for these plans was approximately $15.5 million, $16.2 million and $15.2 million in fiscal years 2017, 
2016, and 2015 respectively. 

Note 16 – Stock-Based Compensation 

All equity compensation plans have been approved by shareholders. Under the 2014 Key Employee Stock Plan, 
(“the  Plan”),  qualified  employees  are  eligible  to  receive  awards  that  may  include  stock  options,  performance-
based stock awards and other restricted stock awards. Under the Plan, a maximum number of 8 million shares 
of Company Class A stock may be issued. As of April 30, 2017, there were approximately 5,384,388 securities 
remaining  available  for  future  issuance  under  the  Plan.  The  Company  issues  treasury  shares  to  fund  awards 
issued under the Plan. 

Stock Option Activity: 

Under the terms of the Company’s stock option plan, the exercise price of stock options granted may not be less 
than 100% of the fair market value of the stock at the date of grant. Options are exercisable over a maximum 
period  of  10  years  from  the  date  of  grant.  For  fiscal  years  2015  and  prior,  options  generally  vest  50%  on  the 
fourth and fifth anniversary date after the award is granted. Starting in fiscal year 2016, options vest 25% per 
year  on  April  30th.  The  Company  did  not  grant  any  stock  option  awards  in  fiscal  year  2017.  Under  certain 
circumstances  relating  to  a  change  of  control,  as  defined,  the  right  to  exercise  options  outstanding  may  be 
accelerated. 

The following table provides the estimated weighted average fair value for options granted each period using the 
Black-Scholes  option-pricing  model  and  the  significant  weighted  average  assumptions  used  in  their 
determination. The expected life represents an estimate of the period of time stock options will be outstanding 
based  on  the  historical  exercise  behavior  of  option  recipients.  The  risk-free  interest  rate  is  based  on  the 
corresponding U.S. Treasury yield curve in effect at the time of the grant. The expected volatility is based on the 
historical  volatility  of  the  Company’s  Common  Stock  price  over  the  estimated  life  of  the  option  while,  the 
dividend yield is based on the expected dividend payments to be made by the Company.   

For the Years  
Ended April 30 

2016 

2015 

Fair Value of Options on Grant Date  

$14.77

$16.97 

Weighted Average assumptions: 

Expected Life of Options (years) 

Risk-Free Interest Rate 

Expected Volatility 

Expected Dividend Yield 

Fair Value of Common Stock on Grant Date 

7.2 

2.1%

29.7%

2.1%

$55.99

7.2  

2.2% 

30.9% 

1.9% 

$59.70 

- 92 - 

 
 
 
 
A summary of the activity and status of the Company’s stock option plans follows: 

2017 

2016 

2015 

Weighted 
Average 
Exercise 
Price 

Weighted 
Average 
Remaining 
Term (in 
years) 

Aggregate 
Intrinsic 
Value (in 
millions) 

Options 
(in 000’s) 

Outstanding at Beginning of 

Year 

Granted 

Exercised 

1,966 

$46.62 

- 

$        - 

(469) 

$43.74 

Weighted 
Average 
Exercise 
Price 

Weighted 
Average 
Exercise 
Price 

Options 
(in 000’s)

Options 
(in 000’s)

1,921 

$45.50 

2,508 

$42.34 

166 

$55.99 

189 

$59.70 

(103) 

$40.22 

(747) 

$38.32 

Expired or Forfeited 

(68) 

$49.91 

(18) 

$51.02 

(29) 

$49.32 

Outstanding at End of Year 

Exercisable at End of Year 

Vested and Expected to Vest 
in the Future at April 30 

1,429 

1,064 

$47.39 

$46.04 

1,249 

$45.88 

3.6 

3.0 

2.7 

$9.2 

$7.3 

$8.5 

1,966 

$46.62 

1,921 

$45.50 

1,140 

$45.22 

815 

$42.31 

1,925 

$46.61 

1,872 

$42.91 

The intrinsic value is the difference between the Company’s common stock price and the option grant price. The 
total intrinsic value of options exercised during fiscal years 2017, 2016 and 2015 was $20.5 million, $1.5 million 
and $16.1 million, respectively.  The total grant date fair value of stock options vested during fiscal year 2017 
was $19.3 million.  

As  of  April  30,  2017,  there  was  $2.9  million  of  unrecognized  share-based  compensation  expense  related  to 
stock  options,  which  is  expected  to  be  recognized  over  a  period  up  to  3  years,  or  2.2  years  on  a  weighted 
average basis. 

The following table summarizes information about stock options outstanding and exercisable at April 30, 2017: 

Range of 
Exercise Prices 

$35.04 

$39.53 to $40.02 

$47.55 to $49.55 

$55.99 to $59.70  

Total/Average 

Options Outstanding 

Options Exercisable 

Number of 
Options 
(in 000’s) 

Weighted 
Average 
Remaining 
Term (in 
years) 

Weighted 
Average 
Exercise 
Price 

Number of 
Options 
(in 000’s) 

Weighted 
Average 
Exercise 
Price 

69 

398 

660 

302 

1,429 

2.0 

3.8 

2.3 

6.4 

3.6 

$35.04 

$39.67 

$48.53 

$57.88 

$47.39 

69 

$35.04 

260 

659 

$39.74 

$48.53 

76 

$56.16 

1,064 

$46.04 

Performance-Based and Other Restricted Stock Activity: 

Under  the  terms  of  the  Company’s  long-term  incentive  plans,  performance-based  restricted  stock  awards  are 
payable in restricted shares of the Company’s Class A Common Stock upon the achievement of certain three-
year  financial  performance-based  targets.  During  each  three-year  period,  the  Company  adjusts  compensation 
expense  based  upon  its  best  estimate  of  expected  performance.  For  fiscal  years  2015  and  prior,  restricted 
performance shares vest 50% on the first and second anniversary date after the award is earned. For three year 
periods  beginning  with  fiscal  year  2016,  restricted  performance  shares  vest  50%  at  the  end  of  the  three-year 
performance cycle and 50% on April 30th of the following year.  

- 93 - 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
The  Company  may  also  grant  individual  restricted  awards  of  the  Company’s  Class  A  Common  Stock  to  key 
employees in connection with their employment. For fiscal years 2015 and prior, the restricted shares generally 
vest 50% at the end of the fourth and fifth years following the date of the grant. Starting with fiscal year 2016 
grants, restricted performance shares vest ratably 25% per year on the anniversary of the grant.  

Under  certain  circumstances  relating  to  a  change  of  control  or  termination,  as  defined,  the  restrictions  would 
lapse  and  shares  would  vest  earlier.  Activity  for  performance-based  and  other  restricted  stock  awards  during 
fiscal years 2017, 2016 and 2015 was as follows (shares in thousands):  

2017 

2016 

2015 

Restricted 
Shares 

Weighted 
Average 
Grant Date 
Value 

915 

509 

(67) 

(267) 

(177) 

913 

$50.75 

$50.56 

$58.23 

$45.29 

$49.95 

$51.85 

Restricted 
Shares 

Restricted 
Shares 

752 

289 

86 

(154) 

(58) 

915 

745 

363 

(65) 

(159) 

(132) 

752 

Nonvested Shares at Beginning of Year 

Granted 

Change in shares due to performance 

Vested and Issued 

Forfeited 

Nonvested Shares at End of Year 

As  of  April  30,  2017,  there  was  $25.7  million  of  unrecognized  share-based  compensation  cost  related  to 
performance-based and other restricted stock awards, which is expected to be recognized over a period up to 5 
years,  or  2.3  years  on  a  weighted  average  basis.  Compensation  expense  for  restricted  stock  awards  is 
measured using  the  closing  market  price  of  the  Company’s  Class  A  Common Stock at  the date  of grant.  The 
total grant date value of shares vested during fiscal years 2017, 2016 and 2015 was $12.1 million, $7.2 million 
and $6.8 million, respectively.  

Director Stock Awards: 

Under  the  terms  of  the  Company’s  Director  Stock  Plan  (the  “Director  Plan”),  each  non-employee  director 
receives an annual award of Class A Common Stock equal in value to 100% of the annual director retainer fee 
(excluding  additional  retainer  fees  paid  to  committee  chairpersons),  based  on  the  stock  price  on  the  date  of 
grant. The granted shares may not be sold or transferred during the time the non-employee director remains a 
director. There were 20,243; 19,559 and 12,131 shares awarded under the Director Plan for fiscal years 2017, 
2016 and 2015, respectively. 

Note 17 - Capital Stock and Changes in Capital Accounts 

Each share of the Company’s Class B Common Stock is convertible into one share of Class A Common Stock. 
The holders of Class A stock are entitled to elect 30% of the entire Board of Directors and the holders of Class B 
stock  are  entitled  to  elect  the  remainder.  On  all  other  matters,  each  share  of  Class  A  stock  is  entitled  to  one 
tenth of one vote and each share of Class B stock is entitled to one vote. 

During  fiscal  year  2017,  the  Board  of  Directors  of  the  Company  approved  an  additional  share  repurchase 
program of four million shares of Class A or B Common Stock and the Company repurchased 953,188 shares at 
an  average  price  of  $52.80  per share. As  of  April  30,  2017,  the Company  has  authorization  from  its  Board of 
Directors to purchase up to 3,793,648 additional shares.  

- 94 - 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Note 18 - Segment Information 

Effective  August  1,  2016,  the  Company  completed  a  number  of  changes  to  its  organizational  structure  that 
resulted  in  a  change  in  how  the  Company  manages  its  business,  allocates  resources  and  measures 
performance.  As  a  result,  the  Company  has  revised  its  reportable  segments  to  reflect  how  management 
currently  reviews  financial  information  and  makes  operating  decisions.  All  prior  period  amounts  have  been 
adjusted to reflect the reporting segment change. 

Below is a description of the Company’s three new reporting segments: 

Research supports researchers, professionals and learners in the discovery and use of research knowledge to 
help  them  achieve  their  goals  in  research,  learning  and  practice.    Research  provides  scientific,  technical, 
medical,  and  scholarly  journals,  as  well  as  related  content  and  services,  to  academic,  corporate,  and 
government libraries, learned societies, and individual researchers and other professionals. Journal publishing 
areas  include  the  physical  sciences  and  engineering,  health  sciences,  social  science  and  humanities  and  life 
sciences. Research also includes the Company’s recent acquisition of Atypon, a publishing software and service 
provider that enables scholarly and professional societies and publishers to deliver, host, enhance, market and 
manage their content on the web.  Research customers include academic, corporate, government, and public 
libraries;  funders  of  research;  researchers;  scientists;  clinicians;  engineers  and  technologists;  scholarly  and 
professional societies; and students and professors. The Company’s Research products are sold and distributed 
globally in digital and print formats through multiple channels, including research libraries and library consortia, 
independent subscription agents, direct sales to professional society members and other customers. Publishing 
centers include Australia, China, Germany, India, the United Kingdom and the United States. 

Research revenue by product type includes: Journal Subscriptions; Author-Funded Access; Licensing, Reprints, 
Backfiles, and Other; and Platform Services (Atypon). 

Publishing acquires, develops and publishes scientific, professional and education books and related content, 
as well as test preparation services and course workflow tools, to libraries, corporations, students, professionals 
and researchers. Communities served include business, finance, accounting, workplace learning, management, 
leadership,  technology,  behavioral  health,  engineering/architecture,  science  and  medicine,  and  education.  
Products are developed in print and digitally for worldwide distribution through multiple channels, including chain 
and  online  booksellers,  libraries,  colleges  and  universities,  corporations,  direct  to  consumer,  websites, 
distributor  networks  and  other  online  applications.  Publishing  centers  include  Australia,  Germany,  India,  the 
United Kingdom and the United States.  

Publishing  revenue  by  product  type  includes:  STM  and  Professional  Books;  Education  Books;  Online  Test 
Preparation and Certification; Course Workflow; and Licensing, Distribution, Advertising and Other. 

Solutions  delivers  online  program  management  services  for  universities  and  corporate  learning  and 
assessment  services  for  businesses.  Online  Program  Management  services  include  market  research, 
marketing,  student  recruitment,  enrollment  support,  proactive  retention  support,  academic  services  to  design 
courses, faculty support and access to the Engage Learning Management System, which facilitates the online 
education  experience.  Graduate  degree  programs  include  Business  Administration,  Finance,  Accounting, 
Healthcare, Engineering, Communications and others.  The Corporate Learning business offers online learning 
and training solutions for global corporations, universities, and small and medium-sized enterprises, which are 
sold on a subscription or fee basis. Corporate Learning topics include leadership, diversity, value creation, client 
orientation, change and corporate strategy. The Company’s professional assessment services include pre-hire 
screening  and  post-hire  personality  assessments,  which  are  delivered  to  business  customers  through  online 

- 95 - 

digital delivery platforms either directly or through an authorized distributor network of independent consultants, 
trainers and coaches. The Company’s assessment tools enable employers to optimize candidate selections and 
develop  the  full  potential  of  their  employees.  These  solutions  include  pre-hire  assessments,  including  those 
designed to measure and match personality, knowledge, skills, managerial fit, loyalty, and values; and post-hire 
assessments,  focused  on  measuring  sales  and  managerial  effectiveness,  employee  performance  and  career 
potential.   

Solutions  revenue  by  product  type  includes:  Online  Program  Management;  Corporate  Learning;  and 
Professional Assessment.  

Shared Services functions are consolidated and centrally managed for the benefit of the three global reporting 
segments  and  include:  Distribution  and  Operation  Services;  Technology  and  Content  Management;  Finance; 
and Other Administration. The Company uses occupied square footage of space; number of employees; units 
shipped;  specific  identification/activity-based;  gross  profit;  revenue  and  number  of  invoices  to  allocate  shared 
service costs to each business segment. 

Segment information is as follows (in thousands): 

For the years ended April 30, 
2016 

2017 

2015 

RESEARCH 
Revenue 
Contribution to Profit 

PUBLISHING 
Revenue 
Contribution to Profit 

SOLUTIONS 
Revenue 
Contribution to Profit 

Total Contribution to Profit 
Unallocated Shared Services and Administrative Costs 
Operating Income 

$853,489
$252,228

$826,778 
$252,110 

$894,690
$302,129

 $633,449 
 $125,703 

 $695,728  
 $126,058  

 $747,105 
 $97,642 

$231,592
 $14,822 

$392,753
 (186,600)
 $206,153 

$204,531 
 $3,992  

$180,645
 $639 

$382,160 
 (194,047) 
 $188,113  

$400,410
 (162,671)
 $237,739 

The  following  table  reflects  total  Shared  Services  and  Administrative  costs  by  function,  which  are  partially 
allocated to business segments based on the methodologies described above: 

TOTAL SHARED SERVICES AND ADMINISTRATIVE COSTS 

2017 

2016 

2015 

For the years ended April 30, 

Distribution & Operation Services 
Technology & Content Management 
Finance 
Other Administration 
One-time Pension Settlement (see Note 15) 
Restructuring Charges (see Note 6) 

Total 

 $75,806  
266,801 
47,049  
 117,659  
8,842 
8,023  

 $80,043
 258,641 
 46,759 
 131,803 
-
 20,080 

 $85,758 
 245,415 
 49,570 
 121,396 
-
 18,293 

 $524,180  

 $537,326 

 $520,432 

- 96 - 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Total Revenue by Product/Service 

Journals  
Platform Services (Atypon) 
Books and Reference Material  
Course Workflow  
Online Program Management 
Professional Assessment 
Corporate Learning  
Other 

Total 

Total Assets 
Research 
Publishing 
Solutions 
Corporate/Shared Services 

Total 

Expenditures for Long Lived Assets 
Research 
Publishing 
Solutions 
Corporate/Shared Services 

Total 

Depreciation and Amortization 
Research 
Publishing 
Solutions 
Corporate/Shared Services 

Total 

For the years ended April 30, 

2017 

 $834,423
19,066 
487,598 
62,348
111,638 
 59,868 
60,086
 $83,503 

2016 

2015 

 $826,778 
 -  
560,973  
58,519 
96,469  
 57,370  
50,692 
 $76,236 

 $894,690 
 - 
643,138 
54,200
81,593
57,035 
 42,017 
$49,767 

 $1,718,530 

 $1,727,037  

 $1,822,440 

$1,133,846
582,339
575,068
314, 964

$1,235,609 
672,987 
439,554 
572,946 

$1,237,969
652,923
459,260
654,091

$2,606,217

$2,921,096 

$3,004,243

$(160,544)
(31,968)
(8,739)
(101,774)

$(31,615) 
(37,272) 
- 
(82,508) 

$(9,744)
(39,421)
(165,785)
(65,821)

$(303,025)

$(151,395) 

$(280,771)

$29,330
43,831
26,792
56,608

$26,410 
47,108 
22,927 
59,404 

$26,084
46,526
22,644
58,671

$156,561

$155,849 

$153,925

Export sales from the United States to unaffiliated customers amounted to approximately $148.7 million, $164.4 

million and $168.0 million in fiscal years 2017, 2016 and 2015, respectively. The pretax income for consolidated 
operations  outside  the  United  States  was  approximately  $192.9  million,  $159.2  million  and  $165.1  million  in 
fiscal years 2017, 2016 and 2015, respectively. 

- 97 - 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Revenue from external customers based on the location of the customer and long-lived assets by geographic 
area were as follows (in thousands): 

2017 

Revenue

2016 

Long-Lived Assets
(Technology, Property & Equipment)

2015

2017

2016 

2015

United States 

  $786,574 

  $884,185

  $920,166

  $208,572

  $166,878 

  $143,786

United Kingdom 

189,479 

153,442

142,680

Germany 

Japan 

China 

India 

Australia 

France 

Canada 

75,090 

62,674 

39,653 

34,306 

66,309 

44,760 

50,740 

69,676

76,930

52,815 

38,208 

78,786

49,970 

50,243

83,714

84,420

45,159 

39,494 

80,380

57,492 

56,949

Other Countries 

368,945 

272,782

311,986

21,368

8,770

75

270 

245 

591

9,765 

1,232

1,600

23,246 

9,629 

35 

244 

234 

1,041 

9,517 

1,617 

2,329 

24,711

9,781

21

307 

180 

1,696

6,720 

1,606

4,202

Total 

$1,718,530 

$1,727,037

$1,822,440

$252,488

$214,770 

$193,010

- 98 - 

 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Supplementary Financial Information - Results By Quarter (Unaudited) 

$ In millions, except per share data 

2017 

2016 

Revenue 
First Quarter  
Second Quarter 
Third Quarter  
Fourth Quarter  
Fiscal Year 

Gross Profit 
First Quarter 
Second Quarter 
Third Quarter 
Fourth Quarter 
Fiscal Year 

Operating Income 
First Quarter (a) 
Second Quarter (b) 
Third Quarter (c) 
Fourth Quarter (d) 
Fiscal Year  

Net Income  
First Quarter (a) 
Second Quarter (b)   
Third Quarter (c) 
Fourth Quarter (d)  
Fiscal Year   

Income Per Share  
First Quarter (a) 
Second Quarter (b)   
Third Quarter (c) 
Fourth Quarter (d)  
Fiscal Year  

$ 

$ 

$ 

$ 

$ 

$ 

$ 

$ 

$ 

$ 

404.3
425.6
436.4
452.2
1,718.5

290.8
314.0
320.1
332.9
1,257.8

43.8
47.7
51.2
63.5
206.2

31.0
(11.5)
47.4
46.7
113.6

$

$

$

$

$

$

$

$

422.9 
433.4 
436.4 
434.3 
1,727.0 

303.3 
316.8 
316.2 
324.6 
1,260.9 

44.9 
60.3 
39.6 
43.3 
188.1 

32.5 
43.6 
35.5 
34.2 
145.8 

2017 

Diluted

0.53 $

(0.20)
0.82
0.81
1.95 $

Basic

0.54 $

(0.20)
0.83
0.82
1.98 $

2016 

Diluted 

0.55  $ 
0.74 
0.61 
0.59 
2.48  $ 

Basic
0.55
0.75
0.62
0.60
2.51

a)  In  the  first  quarters  of  fiscal  years  2017  and  2016,  the  Company  recorded  restructuring  (credits)  charges  of  $(0.9)  million 

($0.01 per share) and $3.4 million ($0.03 per share), respectively, under its restructuring programs. 

b)  In the second quarters of fiscal years 2017 and 2016, the company recorded restructuring charges of $6.8 million ($0.08 per 

share) and $3.7 million ($0.04 per share), respectively, under its restructuring programs. In the second quarter of fiscal year 

2017,  the  Company  also  recorded  a  one-time  pension  settlement  of  $8.8  million  ($0.10  per  share);  an  unfavourable  tax 

settlement of $48 million ($0.82 per share) related to an unfavourable tax ruling in Germany; and a deferred tax benefit of 

$2.6 million ($0.04 per share) associated with tax legislation enacted in the United Kingdom that reduced the UK corporate 

income tax rates by 1%. 

c)  In the third quarters of fiscal years 2017 and 2016, the Company recorded restructuring charges of $9.1 million ($0.10 per 

share) and $13.7 million ($0.16 per share), respectively, under its restructuring programs. In the third quarter of fiscal year 

2016,  the  Company  also  recorded  a  deferred  tax  benefit  of  $5.9  million  ($0.10  per  share)  associated  with  tax  legislation 

enacted in the UK that reduced the UK corporate income tax by 2%. 

d) 

In the fourth quarters of fiscal years 2017 and 2016, the Company recorded restructuring (credits) charges of $(1.7) million 

($0.02 per share) and $7.8 million ($0.08 per share), respectively, under its restructuring programs. In the fourth quarter of 

fiscal  year  2017,  the  Company  recorded  an  additional  $1.6  million  ($0.03  per  share)  to  finalize  the  unfavourable  tax 

settlement  related  to  the  unfavourable  tax  ruling  in  Germany  issued  by  the  German  Federal  Fiscal  Court  in  Wiley’s 

longstanding tax appeal.  

99 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
JOHN WILEY & SONS, INC., AND SUBSIDIARIES 
VALUATION AND QUALIFYING ACCOUNTS 
FOR THE YEARS ENDED APRIL 30, 2017, 2016, AND 2015 

Schedule II 

(Dollars in thousands) 

Description 

Year Ended April 30, 2017 

Additions/ 
(Deductions)

Balance at 
Beginning 
of Period 

Charged to 
Expenses 
and Other 

Deductions 
From 
Reserves(2) 

Balance 
at End of 
Period 

Allowance for Sales Returns (1) 

$19,861 

$53,482 

$49,043 

$24,300 

Allowance for Doubtful Accounts 

$7,254 

$2,913 

$2,981 

$7,186 

Allowance for Inventory Obsolescence 

$21,968 

$9,538 

$10,410 

$21,096 

Year Ended April 30, 2016 

Allowance for Sales Returns (1) 

$25,340 

$56,094 

$61,573 

$19,861 

Allowance for Doubtful Accounts 

$8,290 

$698 

$1,734 

$7,254 

Allowance for Inventory Obsolescence 

$21,901 

$15,167 

$15,100 

$21,968 

Year Ended April 30, 2015 

Allowance for Sales Returns (1) 

$28,633 

$52,848 

$56,141 

$25,340 

Allowance for Doubtful Accounts 

$7,946 

$3,100(3) 

$2,756 

$8,290 

Allowance for Inventory Obsolescence 

$25,087 

$17,655 

$20,841 

$21,901 

(1)  Allowance for Sales Returns represents anticipated returns net of a recovery of inventory and royalty costs. 
The  provision  is  reported  as  a  reduction  of  gross  sales  to  arrive  at  revenue  and  the  reserve  balance  is 
reported as a reduction of Accounts Receivable with a corresponding increase in Inventories and a reduction 
in Accounts and Royalties Payable (See Note 2).  

(2)  Deductions  from  reserves  include  foreign  exchange  translation  adjustments  and  accounts  written  off,  less 

recoveries. 

(3)  Additions 

to  Allowance 

for  Doubtful  Accounts 

includes  approximately  $2  million  related 

to 

the 

CrossKnowledge acquisition on May 1, 2014.  

100 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Item 9.    Changes in and Disagreements with Accountants on Accounting and Financial Disclosure 

None 

Item 9A.  Controls and Procedures 

Disclosure  Controls  and  Procedures:  The  Company's  Chief  Executive  Officer  and  Chief  Financial  Officer, 
together  with  the  Chief  Accounting  Officer  and  other  members  of  the  Company's  management,  have 
conducted  an  evaluation  of  the  Company’s  disclosure  controls  and  procedures  as  defined  in  Rules  13a-
15(e) and 15d-15(e) under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 (the “Exchange Act”) as of the end of the 
period  covered  by  this  report.  Based  on  this  evaluation,  the  Chief  Executive  Officer  and  Chief  Financial 
Officer have concluded that the Company's disclosure controls and procedures were effective to ensure that 
information required to be disclosed by the Company in reports filed or submitted under the Exchange Act is 
(i)  recorded,  processed,  summarized  and  reported  within  the  time  periods  specified  by  the  Securities  and 
Exchange  Commission's  rules  and  forms  and  (ii)  accumulated  and  communicated  to  the  Company’s 
management, including its Chief Executive Officer and Chief Financial Officer, as appropriate to allow timely 
decisions regarding required disclosure.   

Management’s  Report  on  Internal  Control  over  Financial  Reporting:  Our  Management  is  responsible  for 
establishing  and  maintaining  adequate  internal  control  over  financial  reporting,  as  such  term  is  defined  in 
Rule  13a-15(f) of the Exchange Act.  Under the supervision and with the participation of our management, 
including  our  Chief  Executive  Officer  and  Chief  Financial  Officer,  we  conducted  an  evaluation  of  the 
effectiveness of our internal control over financial reporting based upon the framework in Internal Control – 
Integrated  Framework  (2013)  issued  by  the  Committee  of  Sponsoring  Organizations  of  the  Treadway 
Commission.  The  entities  acquired  in  the  Atypon  Systems,  Inc.  acquisition  have  been  excluded  from 
management’s  assessment  of  internal  control  over  financial  reporting  as  of  April  30,  2017,  because  they 
were acquired by the Company in September 2016. The aggregate amount of total assets and revenues for 
Atypon Systems, Inc. included in our consolidated financial statements as of and for the year ended April 30, 
2017 was $118 million and $19 million, respectively. Based on that evaluation, our management concluded 
that our internal control over financial reporting is effective as of April 30, 2017. 

KPMG  LLP,  an  independent  registered  public  accounting  firm,  has  audited  the  consolidated  financial 
statements included in this Annual Report on Form 10-K and, as part of their audit, has issued their report, 
included herein, on the effectiveness of our internal control over financial reporting. 

Changes  in  Internal  Control  over  Financial  Reporting:  There  were  no  changes  in  our  internal  control  over 
financial reporting in the fourth quarter of fiscal year  2017 that have materially affected, or are reasonably 
likely to materially affect, our internal control over financial reporting.   

Item 9B.  Other Information 

None 

PART III 

Item 10.  Directors, Executive Officers and Corporate Governance 

For information with respect to Executive Officers of the Company, see “Executive Officers of the Company” 
included as a separate item at the end of Part I of this Form 10-K.   

101 

 
The  name,  age  and  background  of  each  of  the  directors  nominated  for  election  are  contained  under  the 
caption “Election of Directors” in the Proxy Statement for our 2017 Annual Meeting of Shareholders (“2017 
Proxy Statement”) and are incorporated herein by reference. 

Information  on  the  audit  committee  financial  experts  is  contained  in  the  2017  Proxy  Statement  under  the 
caption “Report of the Audit Committee” and is incorporated herein by reference. 

Information  on  the  Audit  Committee  Charter  is  contained  in  the  2017  Proxy  Statement  under  the  caption 
“Committees of the Board of Directors and Certain Other Information concerning the Board.” 

Information  with  respect  to  the  Company’s  Corporate  Governance  principles  is  publicly  available  on  the 
Company’s Corporate Governance website at www.wiley.com/WileyCDA/Section/id-301708.html. 

Item 11.  Executive Compensation 

Information  on  compensation  of  the  directors  and  executive  officers  is  contained  in  the  2017  Proxy 
Statement under the captions “Directors’ Compensation” and “Executive Compensation,” respectively, and is 
incorporated herein by reference. 

Item 12.  Security Ownership of Certain Beneficial Owners and Management and Related Stockholder Matters 

Information on the beneficial ownership reporting for the directors and executive officers is contained under 
the caption “Section 16(a) Beneficial Ownership Reporting Compliance” within the “Beneficial Ownership of 
Directors and Management” section of the 2017 Proxy Statement and is incorporated herein by reference. 
Information  on  the  beneficial  ownership  reporting  for  all  other  shareholders  that  own  5%  of  more  of  the 
Company’s  Class  A  or  Class  B  Common  Stock  is  contained  under  the  caption  “Voting  Securities,  Record 
Date, Principal Holders” in the 2017 Proxy Statement and is incorporated herein by reference. 

The following table summarizes the Company’s equity compensation plan information as of April 30, 2017: 

Plan Category 

Equity compensation plans approved 
by shareholders  

Number of 
securities to be 
issued upon 
exercise of 
outstanding 
options, warrants
and rights 

Weighted-
average 
exercise price of 
outstanding 
options, 
warrants 
and rights 

Number of 
securities remaining 
available for future 
issuance under equity
compensation plans 

2,342,027(1) 

$47.39 

5,384,388 

(1) This amount includes the following awards issued under the 2014 Key Employee Stock Plan: 

  1,428,578  shares  issuable  upon  the  exercise  of  outstanding  stock  options  with  a  weighted  average 

exercise price of $47.39 

  913,449 non-vested performance-based and other restricted stock awards. Since these awards have 

no exercise price, they are not included in the weighted average exercise price calculation.  

All of the Company’s equity compensation plans are approved by shareholders.  

102 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Item 13.   Certain Relationships and Related Transactions, and Director Independence 

Information  on  related  party  transactions  and  the  policies  and  procedures  for  reviewing  and  approving 
related  party  transactions  are  contained  under  the  caption  “Transactions  with  Related  Persons”  within  the 
“Board and Committee Oversight of Risk” section of the 2017 Proxy Statement and are incorporated herein 
by reference. 

Information  on  director  independence  is  contained  under  the  caption  “Director  Independence”  within  the 
“Board of Directors and Corporate Governance” section of the 2017 Proxy Statement.  

Item 14.  Principal Accountant Fees and Services 

Information required by this item is contained in the 2017 Proxy Statement under the caption “Report of the 
Audit Committee” and is incorporated herein by reference. 

103 

 
 
PART IV 

Item 15.   Exhibits, Financial Statement Schedules and Reports on Form 8-K 

(a)  

(b)  

Financial Statements and Schedules are included in the attached index on page 3 and are filed as part of 
this report 

Reports  on  Form  8-K  submitted  to  the  Securities  and  Exchange  Commission  since  the  filing  of  the 
Company’s 10-Q on March 10, 2017: 

Announcement  issued  on  Form  8-K  on  March  22,  2017  that  the  Wiley  Board  of  Directors  has  elected 
David C. Dobson, Chief Executive Officer at Digital River, to join the Board of Directors effective March 22, 
2017. 

Announcement on Form 8-K on May 8, 2017 that Mark J. Allin, President and Chief Executive Officer of 
the Company and director on the Company’s Board of Directors, resigned from the Company.  Effective 
May  8,  2017,  the  Board  of  Directors  appointed  Matthew  S.  Kissner,  who  has  been  serving  as  the 
Chairman of the Board, as the Company’s Interim Chief Executive Officer. 

Announcement  on  Form  8-K  on  May  11,  2017  detailing  the  compensation  arrangement  for  Matthew  S. 
Kissner who was previously appointed as the Company’s Interim Chief Executive Officer. 

Earnings release on the fiscal year 2017 results issued on Form 8-K dated June 13, 2017, which included 
certain condensed financial statements of the Company. 

Exhibits 

Restated Certificate of Incorporation (incorporated by reference to the Company’s Report on Form 10-K 
for the year ended April 30, 1992). 

Certificate  of  Amendment  of  the  Certificate  of  Incorporation  dated  October  13,  1995  (incorporated  by 
reference to the Company’s Report on Form 10-K for the year ended April 30, 1997). 

Certificate of Amendment of the Certificate of Incorporation dated as of September 1998 (incorporated by 
reference to the Company’s Report on Form 10-Q for the quarterly period ended October 31, 1998). 

Certificate of Amendment of the Certificate of Incorporation dated as of September 1999 (incorporated by 
reference to the Company’s Report on Form 10-Q for the quarterly period ended October 31, 1999). 

By-Laws  as  Amended  and  Restated  dated  as  of  September  2007  (incorporated  by  reference  to  the 
Company’s Report on Form 10-K for the year ended April 30, 2008). 

Amended  and  Restated  Credit  Agreement  dated  March  1,  2016,  among  the  Company  and  Bank  of 
America,  N.A.,  as  Administrative  Agent,  Swing  line  Lender,  and  L/C  Issuer,  and  Other  Lenders  Party 
Hereto (incorporated by reference to the Company’s Report on Form 10-Q for the quarterly period ended 
January 31, 2016). 

Agreement  of  the  Lease  dated  as  of  July  14,  2014  between  Hub  Properties  Trust  as  Landlord,  an 
independent  third  party  and  John  Wiley  and  Sons,  Inc  as  Tenant  (incorporated  by  reference  to  the 
Company’s Report on Form 10-Q for the quarterly period ended July 31, 2014). 

2014  Director  Stock  Plan  (incorporated  by  reference  to  the  Company’s  Report  on  Form  10-Q  for  the 
quarterly period ended October 31, 2014). 

2014 Executive Annual Incentive Plan (incorporated by reference to the Company’s Report on Form 10-Q 
for the quarterly period ended October 31, 2014). 

Amended 2014 Key Employee Stock Plan (incorporated by reference to the Company’s Report on Form 
10-Q for the quarterly period ended October 31, 2014). 

Supplemental  Executive  Retirement  Plan  as  Amended  and  Restated  effective  as  of  January  1,  2009 
(incorporated by reference to the Company’s Report on Form 10-K for the year ended April 30, 2010). 

Amendments  A  and  B  to  the  Supplemental  Executive  Retirement  Plan  as  Amended  and  Restated 
Effective  January  1,  2009  (incorporated  by  reference  to  the  Company’s  Report  on  Form  10-Q  for  the 
quarterly period ended July 31, 2010). 

Resolution  amending  the  Supplemental  Executive  Retirement  Plan  to  Cease  Accruals  and  Freeze 
Participation effective June 30, 2013. 

104 

(c) 

3.1 

3.2 

3.3 

3.4 

3.5 

10.1 

10.2 

10.3 

10.4 

10.5 

10.6 

10.7 

10.8 

 
 
 
 
 
10.9 

10.10 

10.11 

10.12 

10.13 

Supplemental Benefit Plan Amended and Restated as of January 1, 2009, including amendments through 
August 1, 2010 (incorporated by reference to the Company’s Report on Form 10-Q for the quarterly period 
ended January 31, 2011).  

Resolution  amending  the  Supplemental  Benefit  (Retirement)  Plan  to  Cease  Accruals  and  Freeze 
Participation effective June 30, 2013. 

Deferred Compensation Plan as Amended and Restated Effective as of January 1, 2008 (incorporated by 
reference to the Company’s Report on Form 10-K for the year ended April 30, 2010). 

Resolution amending the Deferred Compensation Plan effective July 1, 2013. 

Deferred Compensation Plan for Directors’ 2005 & After Compensation (incorporated by reference to the 
Report on Form 8-K, filed December 21, 2005). 

10.14* 

Form of the Fiscal Year 2018 Qualified Executive Long Term Incentive Plan. 

10.15* 

Form of the Fiscal Year 2018 Qualified Executive Annual Incentive Plan. 

10.16* 

Form of the Fiscal Year 2018 Executive Annual Strategic Milestones Incentive Plan.  

10.17 

10.18 

10.19 

10.20 

10.21 

10.22 

10.23 

10.24 

10.25 

10.26 

10.27 

21* 

23* 

31.1* 

31.2* 

32.1*  

32.2*  

Form of the Fiscal Year 2017 Qualified Executive Long Term Incentive Plan (incorporated by reference to 
the Company’s Report on Form 10-K for the year ended April 30, 2016). 

Form of the Fiscal Year 2017 Qualified Executive Annual Incentive Plan (incorporated by reference to the 
Company’s Report on Form 10-K for the year ended April 30, 2016). 

Form  of  the  Fiscal  Year  2017  Executive  Annual  Strategic  Milestones  Incentive  Plan  (incorporated  by 
reference to the Company’s Report on Form 10-K for the year ended April 30, 2016). 

Form of the Fiscal Year 2016 Qualified Executive Long Term Incentive Plan (incorporated by reference to 
the Company’s Report on Form 10-K for the year ended April 30, 2015). 

Form of the Fiscal Year 2016 Qualified Executive Annual Incentive Plan (incorporated by reference to the 
Company’s Report on Form 10-K for the year ended April 30, 2015). 

Form  of  the  Fiscal  Year  2016  Executive  Annual  Strategic  Milestones  Incentive  Plan  (incorporated  by 
reference to the Company’s Report on Form 10-K for the year ended April 30, 2015). 

Senior  Executive  Employment  Agreement  to  Arbitrate  dated  as  of  April  29,  2003  (incorporated  by 
reference to the Company’s Report on Form 10-K for the year ended April 30, 2003). 

Senior  Executive  Non-competition  and  Non-Disclosure  Agreement  dated  as  of  April  29,  2003 
(incorporated by reference to the Company’s Report on Form 10-K for the year ended April 30, 2003). 

Senior  Executive  Employment  Agreement  dated  as  of  April  15,  2015  between  Mark  Allin  and  the 
Company (incorporated by reference to the Company’s Report on Form 8-K dated as of April 15, 2015). 

Senior executive Employment Agreement dated as of May 20, 2013 between John A. Kritzmacher and the 
Company (incorporated by reference to the Company’s Report on Form 8-K dated as of June 4, 2013). 

Senior executive Employment Agreement letter dated as of March 15, 2004, between Gary M. Rinck and 
the Company (incorporated by reference to the Company’s Report on Form 10-K for the year ended April 
30, 2011). 

List of Subsidiaries of the Company 

Consent of KPMG LLP 

Certification of Chief Executive Officer pursuant to Section 302 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002. 

Certification of the Chief Financial Officer pursuant to Section 302 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002. 

Certification  of  the  Chief  Executive  Officer  pursuant  to  18  U.S.C.  Section  1350,  as  adopted  pursuant  to 
Section 906 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002.  

Certification of Chief Financial Officer pursuant to 18 U.S.C. Section 1350, as adopted pursuant to Section 
906 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002. 

105 

 
 
101.INS 

XBRL Instance Document 

101.SCH  XBRL Taxonomy Extension Schema Document 

101.CAL  XBRL Taxonomy Extension Calculation Linkbase Document 

101.LAB  XBRL Taxonomy Extension Label Linkbase Document 

101.PRE  XBRL Taxonomy Extension Presentation Linkbase Document 

101.DEF  XBRL Taxonomy Extension Definition Linkbase Document 

*    Filed herewith 

106 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
SIGNATURES 
Pursuant to the requirements of Section 13 or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, the Company has duly 
caused this report to be signed on its behalf by the undersigned, thereunto duly authorized. 

Dated:  June 29, 2017 

By:

/s/ Matthew S. Kissner 

JOHN WILEY & SONS, INC. 

(Company) 

Matthew S. Kissner 
Interim President and Chief Executive Officer and 
Chairman of the Board 

Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, this report has been signed below by the 
following persons on behalf of the Company and in the capacities and on the dates indicated.  

Signatures 

/s/ Matthew S. Kissner 

Matthew S. Kissner 

Titles 

Interim President and Chief Executive Officer and 

  Chairman of the Board 

/s/ John A. Kritzmacher 

  Chief Financial Officer and  

John A. Kritzmacher 

  Executive Vice President, Technology and Operations  

Dated 

June 29, 2017

June 29, 2017

/s/ Christopher F. Caridi 

  Senior Vice President, Controller and  

June 29, 2017

Christopher F. Caridi 

  Chief Accounting Officer 

  Manager, Business Development Client Solutions and 

June 29, 2017

/s/ Jesse C. Wiley 

Jesse C. Wiley 

/s/ William J. Pesce 

William J. Pesce 

/s/ William B. Plummer 

William B. Plummer 

/s/ Kalpana Raina  

Kalpana Raina 

/s/ Mari J. Baker 

Mari J. Baker 

/s/ David C. Dobson 

David C. Dobson 

  Director 

  Director 

  Director 

  Director 

  Director 

  Director 

/s/ Raymond W. McDaniel, Jr. 

  Director 

Raymond W. McDaniel, Jr. 

/s/ George D. Bell 

George D. Bell 

/s/ Laurie A. Leshin 

Laurie A. Leshin 

/s/ William Pence 

William Pence 

  Director 

  Director 

  Director 

107 

June 29, 2017

June 29, 2017

June 29, 2017

June 29, 2017

June 29, 2017

June 29, 2017

June 29, 2017

June 29, 2017

June 29, 2017

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
SUBSIDIARIES OF JOHN WILEY & SONS, INC. (1) 
As of April 30, 2017 

Exhibit 21 

John Wiley & Sons International Rights, Inc. 
Wiley.edu, LLC 
Wiley Periodicals, Inc.  
Wiley Publishing Services, Inc. 
Wiley Subscription Services, Inc. 
Inscape Publishing LLC 
Profiles International, LLC 
Atypon Systems LLC 
Atypon Systems Ltd UK 

Wiley India Private Ltd. 

WWL Corp. 

John Wiley & Sons Rus LLC 
John Wiley & Sons UK LLP 

John Wiley & Sons UK 2 LLP 

Wiley Japan KK 
Wiley Europe Investment Holdings, Ltd. 

Wiley U.K. (Unlimited Co.) 

Wiley Europe Ltd. 

John Wiley & Sons, Ltd. 

John Wiley & Sons Singapore Pte. Ltd.  

John Wiley & Sons Commercial Service (Beijing) Co., Ltd.  

J Wiley Ltd. 

     John Wiley & Sons GmbH 

Wiley-VCH Verlag GmbH & Co. KGaA 

CrossKnowledge Group Limited 
E-Learning SAS 

Wiley Heyden Ltd. 
Wiley Distribution Services Ltd. 
Blackwell Publishing (Holdings) Ltd. 
Blackwell Science Ltd. 

Blackwell Science (Overseas Holdings) 

John Wiley & Sons A/S 
Wiley Publishing Japan KK 
Blackwell Publishing (HK) Ltd. 
Wiley Publishing Australia Pty Ltd.  

John Wiley and Sons Australia, Ltd. 

John Wiley & Sons Canada Limited 
John Wiley & Sons (HK) Limited 

Jurisdiction 
In Which 
Incorporated 

Delaware 
Delaware 
Delaware 
Delaware 
Delaware 
Delaware 
Texas 
Delaware 
United Kingdom 
India 
Delaware 
Delaware 
United Kingdom 
United Kingdom 
Japan 
United Kingdom 
United Kingdom 
United Kingdom 
United Kingdom 
Singapore 
China  
United Kingdom 
Germany 
Germany 
United Kingdom 
France 
United Kingdom 
United Kingdom 
United Kingdom 
United Kingdom 
United Kingdom 
Denmark 
Japan 
Hong Kong 
Australia 
Australia 
Canada 
Hong Kong 

(1)\ The names of other subsidiaries that would not constitute a significant subsidiary in the aggregate have been 
omitted. 

108 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
CONSENT OF INDEPENDENT REGISTERED PUBLIC ACCOUNTING FIRM 

Exhibit 23 

The Board of Directors and Shareholders 
John Wiley & Sons, Inc.: 

We consent to the incorporation by reference in Registration Statement Nos. 33-62605 and 333-167697 on Form S-8 
of John Wiley & Sons, Inc. and subsidiaries (the “Company”) of our reports dated June 29, 2017, with respect to the 
consolidated  statements  of  financial  position  of  John  Wiley  &  Sons,  Inc.  and  subsidiaries  as  of  April  30,  2017  and 
2016, and the related consolidated statements of income, comprehensive income, cash flows and shareholders’ equity 
for each of the years in the three-year period ended April 30, 2017, and the related financial statement schedule, and 
the effectiveness of internal control over financial reporting as of April 30, 2017, which reports appear in the April 30, 
2017 annual report on Form 10-K of John Wiley & Sons, Inc. and subsidiaries. Our report dated June 29. 2017, on the 
effectiveness  of  internal  control  over  financial  reporting  as  of  April  30,  2017,  contains  an  explanatory  paragraph 
relating to the exclusion from management’s assessment of and from our evaluation of John Wiley and Sons, Inc. and 
subsidiaries’  internal  control  over  financial  reporting  as  of  April  30,  2017  associated  with  the  acquisition  of  Atypon 
Systems, Inc.  

/s/  KPMG LLP 

New York, New York 
June 29, 2017 

109 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Exhibit 31.1 

CERTIFICATIONS PURSUANT TO SECTION 302 OF THE SARBANES-OXLEY ACT OF 2002 

I, Matthew S. Kissner, Interim President and Chief Executive Officer and Chairman of the Board of John Wiley & Sons, 
Inc. (the “Company”), hereby certify that: 

I have reviewed this annual report on Form 10-K of the Company; 

1. 
2.  Based on my knowledge, this annual report does not contain any untrue statements of a material fact or omit 
to  state  a  material  fact  necessary  to  make  the  statements  made,  in  light  of  the  circumstances  under  which 
such statements were made, not misleading with respect to the period covered by this annual report;  

3.  Based  on  my  knowledge,  the  financial  statements,  and  other  financial  information  included  in  this  annual 
report, fairly present in all material respects the financial condition, results of operations and cash flows of the 
Company as of, and for, the periods presented in this report; 

4.  The  Company’s  other  certifying  officer  and  I  are  responsible  for  establishing  and  maintaining  disclosure 
controls and procedures (as defined in Exchange Act Rules 13a-15(e) and 15d-15(e)) and internal control over 
financial reporting (as defined in Exchange Act Rules 13a-15(f) and 15d-15(f)) for the Company and have: 

a.  Designed  such  disclosure  controls  and  procedures,  or  caused  such  disclosure  controls  and 
procedures  to  be  designed  under  our  supervision,  to  ensure  that  material  information  relating  to  the 
Company, including its consolidated subsidiaries, is made known to us by others within those entities, 
particularly during the period in which this report is being prepared; 

b.  Designed such internal control over financial reporting, or caused such internal control over financial 
reporting  to  be  designed  under  our  supervision,  to  provide  reasonable  assurance  regarding  the 
reliability  of  financial  reporting  and  the  preparation  of  financial  statements  for  external  purposes  in 
accordance with generally accepted accounting principles; 

c.  Evaluated  the  effectiveness  of  the  Company’s  disclosure  controls  and  procedures  and  presented  in 
this report our conclusions about the effectiveness of the disclosure controls and procedures, as of the 
end of the period covered by this report, based on such evaluation; and 

d.  Disclosed  in  this  report  any  change  in  the  Company’s  internal  control  over  financial  reporting  that 
occurred during the Company’s most recent fiscal quarter (the Company’s fourth quarter in the case of 
an  annual  report)  that  has  materially  affected,  or  is  reasonably  likely  to  materially  affect,  the 
Company’s internal control over financial reporting; and  

5.  The Company’s other certifying officer and I have disclosed, based on our most recent evaluation of internal 
control over financial reporting, to the Company’s auditors and the audit committee of the Company’s board of 
directors (or persons performing the equivalent function):  

a.  all significant deficiencies and material weaknesses in the design or operation of internal controls over 
financial  reporting  that  are  reasonably  likely  to  adversely  affect  the  Company’s  ability  to  record, 
process, summarize and report financial information; and 

b.  any  fraud,  whether  or  not  material,  that  involves  management  or  other  employees  who  have  a 

significant role in the Company’s internal control over financial reporting. 

By: 

/s/ Matthew S. Kissner 
Matthew S. Kissner 
Interim President and Chief Executive Officer and 
Chairman of the Board 
Dated: June 29, 2017 

110 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
 
 
CERTIFICATIONS PURSUANT TO SECTION 302 OF THE SARBANES-OXLEY ACT OF 2002 

I,  John  A.  Kritzmacher,  Chief  Financial  Officer  and  Executive  Vice  President,  Technology  and  Operations,  of  John 
Wiley & Sons, Inc. (the “Company”), hereby certify that:  

Exhibit 31.2 

I have reviewed this annual report on Form 10-K of the Company; 

1. 
2.  Based on my knowledge, this annual report does not contain any untrue statements of a material fact or omit 
to  state  a  material  fact  necessary  to  make  the  statements  made,  in  light  of  the  circumstances  under  which 
such statements were made, not misleading with respect to the period covered by this annual report;  

3.  Based  on  my  knowledge,  the  financial  statements,  and  other  financial  information  included  in  this  annual 
report, fairly present in all material respects the financial condition, results of operations and cash flows of the 
Company as of, and for, the periods presented in this report; 

4.  The  Company’s  other  certifying  officer  and  I  are  responsible  for  establishing  and  maintaining  disclosure 
controls and procedures (as defined in Exchange Act Rules 13a-15(e) and 15d-15(e)) and internal control over 
financial reporting (as defined in Exchange Act Rules 13a-15(f) and 15d-15(f)) for the Company and have: 

a.  Designed  such  disclosure  controls  and  procedures,  or  caused  such  disclosure  controls  and 
procedures  to  be  designed  under  our  supervision,  to  ensure  that  material  information  relating  to  the 
Company, including its consolidated subsidiaries, is made known to us by others within those entities, 
particularly during the period in which this report is being prepared; 

b.  Designed such internal control over financial reporting, or caused such internal control over financial 
reporting  to  be  designed  under  our  supervision,  to  provide  reasonable  assurance  regarding  the 
reliability  of  financial  reporting  and  the  preparation  of  financial  statements  for  external  purposes  in 
accordance with generally accepted accounting principles; 

c.  Evaluated  the  effectiveness  of  the  Company’s  disclosure  controls  and  procedures  and  presented  in 
this report our conclusions about the effectiveness of the disclosure controls and procedures, as of the 
end of the period covered by this report, based on such evaluation; and 

d.  Disclosed  in  this  report  any  change  in  the  Company’s  internal  control  over  financial  reporting  that 
occurred during the Company’s most recent fiscal quarter (the Company’s fourth quarter in the case of 
an  annual  report)  that  has  materially  affected,  or  is  reasonably  likely  to  materially  affect,  the 
Company’s internal control over financial reporting; and  

5.  The Company’s other certifying officer and I have disclosed, based on our most recent evaluation of internal 
control over financial reporting, to the Company’s auditors and the audit committee of the Company’s board of 
directors (or persons performing the equivalent function):  

a.  all significant deficiencies and material weaknesses in the design or operation of internal controls over 
financial  reporting  that  are  reasonably  likely  to  adversely  affect  the  Company’s  ability  to  record, 
process, summarize and report financial information; and 

b.  any  fraud,  whether  or  not  material,  that  involves  management  or  other  employees  who  have  a 

significant role in the Company’s internal control over financial reporting. 

By: 

/s/ John A. Kritzmacher 
John A. Kritzmacher 
Chief Financial Officer and 
Executive Vice President, Technology and Operations  
Dated:  June 29, 2017 

111 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
     
 
CERTIFICATION PURSUANT TO 
18 U.S.C. SECTION 1350, 
AS ADOPTED PURSUANT TO 
SECTION 906 OF THE SARBANES-OXLEY ACT OF 2002 

Exhibit 32.1 

In connection with the Annual Report of John Wiley & Sons, Inc. (the “Company”) on Form 10-K for the year ended 
April 30, 2017 as filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission on the date hereof (the “Report”), I, Matthew S. 
Kissner, Interim President and Chief Executive Officer and Chairman of the Board of the Company, certify, pursuant to 
18  U.S.C.  §  1350,  as  adopted  pursuant  to  Section  906  of  the  Sarbanes-Oxley  Act  of  2002,  that  to  the  best  of  my 
knowledge: 

(1)  the Report fully complies with the requirements of section 13(a) or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 

1934; and  

(2)  the information contained in the Report fairly presents, in all material respects, the financial condition and   

results of operations of the Company. 

By: 

/s/ Matthew S. Kissner 
Matthew S. Kissner 
Interim President and Chief Executive Officer and 
Chairman of the Board 
Dated: June 29, 2017 

112 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
CERTIFICATION PURSUANT TO 
18 U.S.C. SECTION 1350, 
AS ADOPTED PURSUANT TO 
SECTION 906 OF THE SARBANES-OXLEY ACT OF 2002 

Exhibit 32.2 

In connection with the Annual Report of John Wiley & Sons, Inc. (the “Company”) on Form 10-K for the year ended 
April  30,  2017  as  filed  with  the  Securities  and  Exchange  Commission  on  the  date  hereof  (the  “Report”),  I,  John  A. 
Kritzmacher,  Chief  Financial  Officer  and  Executive  Vice  President,  Technology  and  Operations,  of  the  Company, 
certify, pursuant to 18 U.S.C. § 1350, as adopted pursuant to Section 906 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002, that to 
the best of my knowledge: 

(1)  the  Report  fully  complies  with  the  requirements  of  section  13(a)  or  15(d)  of  the  Securities  Exchange  Act  of 

1934; and  

(2)  the  information  contained  in  the  Report  fairly  presents,  in  all  material  respects,  the  financial  condition  and 

results of operations of the Company. 

By: 

/s/ John A. Kritzmacher 
John A. Kritzmacher 
Chief Financial Officer and 
Executive Vice President, Technology and Operations  
Dated:  June 29, 2017 

113